Structural and neodymium-isotopic evidence for thetectonic evolution of the Himalayan fold-thrust belt,
western Nepal and the northern Tibetan Plateau
Item Type text; Dissertation-Reproduction (electronic); maps
Authors Robinson, Delores Marie
Publisher The University of Arizona.
Rights Copyright © is held by the author. Digital access to this materialis made possible by the University Libraries, University of Arizona.Further transmission, reproduction or presentation (such aspublic display or performance) of protected items is prohibitedexcept with permission of the author.
Download date 27/03/2021 16:26:05
Link to Item http://hdl.handle.net/10150/289761
INFORMATION TO USERS
This manuscript has been reproduced from the microfilm master. UMI films
the text directly from the original or copy submitted. Thus, some thesis and
dissertation copies are in typewriter face, while others may be from any type of
computer printer.
The quality of this reproduction is dependent upon the quality of the
copy submitted. Broken or indistinct print, colored or poor quality illustrations
and photographs, print bleedthrough, substandard margins, and improper
alignment can adversely affect reproduction.
in the unlikely event that the author did not send UMI a complete manuscript
and there are missing pages, these will be noted. Also, if unauthorized
copyright material had to t)e removed, a note will indicate the deletion.
Oversize materials (e.g.. maps, drawings, charts) are reproduced by
sectioning the original, beginning at the upper left-hand comer and continuing
from left to right in equal sections with small overiaps.
Photographs included in the original manuscript have t>een reproduced
xerographically in this copy. Higher quality 6" x 9" black and white
photographic prints are available for any photographs or illustrations appearing
in this copy for an additional charge. Contact UMI directly to order.
ProQuest Information and Learning 300 North Zeeb Road. Ann Arbor. Ml 48106-1346 USA
800-521-0600
STRUCTURAL AND ND-ISOTOPIC EVIDENCE FOR THE TECTONIC
EVOLUTION OF THE HIMALAYAN FOLD-THRUST BELT, WESTERN NEPAL
AND THE NORTHERN TIBETAN PLATEAU
by
Delores Marie Robinson
A Dissertation Submitted to the Faculty of the
DEPARTMENT OF GEOSCIENCES
In Partial Fulfillment of the Requirements For the Degree of
DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY
In the Graduate College
THE UNIVERSITY OF ARIZONA
200 I
UMI Number: 3040150
(S)
UMI UMI Microform 3040150
Copyright 2002 by ProQuest Information and Learning Company. All rights reserved. This microform edition is protected against
unauthorized copying under Title 17, United States Code.
ProQuest Information and Learning Company 300 North Zeeb Road
P.O. Box 1346 Ann Arbor, Ml 48106-1346
2
THE UNIVERSITY OF ARIZONA GRADUATE COLLEGE
As members of Che Final Examination Committee, we certify that we have
read the dissertation prepared by Delores Marie Robinson
entitled Structural and Nd-isotoplc Evidence for the Tectonic
Evolution of the Himalayan Fold-thrust Belt, Western
Nepal and the Northern Tibetan Plateau
and recommend that it be accepted as fulfilling the dissertation
requirement for the Degree of Doctor of Philosophy
Peter C. DeCelles Date
•* 01
Lf- \^(z. Ci ^ Date .^onatban Patchett wate
i ^ \ H ( \ Date
Date '^/v/o /
Date
Final approval and acceptance of this dissertation is contingent upon the candidate's submission of the final copy of the dissertation to the Graduate College.
I hereby certify that I have read this dissertation prepared under my direction and reconend that it be accepted as fulfilling the dissertation
lulrement.
Dissertation Director Date Peter G. DeCelles
y>f
3
STATEMENT BY AUTHOR
This dissertation has been submitted in partial fulfillment of requirements for an advanced degree at The University of Arizona and is deposited in the University Library to be made available to borrowers under rules of the Library.
Brief quotations from this dissertation are allowable without special permission, provided that accurate acknowledgement of source is made. Requests for permission for extended quotation from or reproduction of this manuscript in whole or in part may be granted by the head of the major department or the Dean of the Graduate College when in his or her judgement the proposed use of the material is in the interests of scholarship. In all other instances, however, permission must be obtained from the author.
SIGNED:
4
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
Many people deserve to be acknowledged for their fnendships, support, and
funding. At the end of each manuscript, funding and scientific support is recognized. For
those of you who have been steady friends over the past 4.5 years, I gratefully
acknowledge that it would have been difficult to complete this dissertation without you.
For fear of forgetting someone, I will not list everyone. You know who you are. Yet, I
will mention a few. The first is my husband, Jeff Hemdon, who supported and
participated in many of my adventures. Without his presence, it would have been difficult
to complete this dissertation. My advisor, Pete DeCelles, greatly contributed to my
scientific growth and gave me the freedom to pursue any aspect of research. Ofori
Pearson, Steve Ahlgren, and Bobby Gillis were my traveling companions in the
Himalaya, and have experienced the wonders of Nepal with me. Everyone in the
structure/tectonics group has provided scientific and moral encouragement. My
experience was enhanced by all of my friends and I thank you all.
5
TABLE OF CONTENTS
LIST OF FIGURES 8
LIST OF TABLES 10
ABSTRACT II
CHAPTER 1; INTRODUCTION 13 Statement of Problem 13 Dissertation Format 16
CHAPTER 2: PRESENT STUDY 18
REFERENCES 23
APPENDIX A: GEOLOGIC AND TECTONIC INVESTIGATIONS OF THE HIMALAYAN FOLD-THRUST BELT, WESTERN NEPAL 27
Abstract 27 Introduction 28 Methods 31 Regional Tectonic Setting in Nepal 32
Tectonostratigraphic zones 35 Origin of the Greater Himalaya 36
Stratigraphy 37 Subhimalaya 38 Lesser Himalaya 40
Kushma Formation 41 Ranimata Formation 42 Ulleri Augen Gneiss 46 Sangram Formation 49 Galyang Formation 49 Syangia Formation 50 Lakharpata Group 53 Gondwana Unit 54 Bhainskati Formation 56 Dumri Formation 56
Greater Himalaya 57 North of the Main Central thrust 57 Klippe Greater Himalaya rock 62
Tibetan Himalaya 65 North of the South Tibetan detachment system 65 Klippe Tethyan rock 67
Geologic Map and Structural Geology 67
6
TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued
Subhimalayan thrust system and Main Frontal thrust 68 Lesser Himalayan Imbricate zone and Main Boundary thrust 70 Crystalline Klippe and the Ramgarh thrust sheet 70 Lesser Himalayan duplex (LHD) 71 Main Central thrust and Greater Himalaya 73 South Tibetan Detachment System and the Tibetan Himalaya 77
Balanced Regional Structural Cross Sections 77 Api Cross Section (A-A') 79 Chainpur Cross Section (B-B') 81 Simikot Cross Section (C-C) 84
Correlations 87 Stratigraphy 87 Structural Features 89
Age Control in the thrust belt of western Nepal 92 Shortening and Kinematic history 93
Shortening estimates 94 Comparison of Shortening Estimates 97 Kinematic History 99 Structural Development Across Western Nepal 103 Implications 105
Conclusions 107 Acknowledgements 108 References 109
APPENDIX B: THE KINEMATIC EVOLUTION OF THE NEPALESE HIMALAYA INTERPRETED FROM ND ISOTOPES 123
Abstract 123 Introduction 124 Regional Geologic Setting 126
Tectonostratigraphy of Nepal and Southern Tibet 126 Previous Nd-isotopic Results 130
Methods 131 Results 133 Discussion 140
Patterns 140 Unroofing/kinematic history 144
Conclusions 148 Acknowledgements 149 References 151
APPENDIX C; KINEMATIC ALTERNATIVE TO REACTIVATION OF THE MAIN CENTRAL THRUST IN NEPAL 156
7
TABLE OF CONTENTS - continued
Abstract 156 Introduction 157 Regional Tectonic Setting 158 Structural Geometry of the Main Central thrust 161 Kinematic Model 164 Implications of Model for Geochronologic and Thermochronologic Studies 165 Conclusions 170 Acknowledgements 171 References 172
APPENDIX D: THE TULA UPLIFT, NORTHWESTERN CHINA: EVIDENCE FOR REGIONAL TECTONISM OF THE NORTHERN TIBETAN PLATEAU DURING LATE MESOZOIC-EARLY CENOZOIC TIME 178
Abstract 178 Introduction 179 Geologic/Tectonic Setting 181 Present Study 184 Stratigraphy 185
Pre-Jurassic Strata 186 Mesozoic-lower Cenozoic strata 188
Upper Jurassic strata 188 Stratigraphy relationships of Jurassic strata 192 Cretaceous strata 192 Paleogene strata 193
Cretaceous Plutons 194 Petrographic Data 194
Results 194 Quartz fraction 200 Lithic fraction 202 Petrographic relations 202
Provenance interpretations 203 Structural Geology 204
Tula syncline 204 Kuzisay thrust 205 Other thrust faults 205 Other faults 208
Tectonic History 211 Tula uplift 211 Regional 214
Conclusions 218 Acknowledgements 219 References 220
8
LIST OF FIGURES
Figure Al. The Himalayan-Tibetan orogenic system 29 Figure A2. Generalized geologic map of Nepal 33 Figure A3. Stratigraphy of the Lesser Himalaya 39 Figure A4. Photograph of Kushma Formation 43 Figure A5. Photomicrographs of the Kushma Formation 44 Figure A6. Photograph of Ranimata Formation 45 Figure A7. Photomicrographs of the Ranimata Formation 47 Figure AS. Photographs of the Ulleri Augen Gneiss 48 Figure A9. Photograph of the Baitadi Carbonates in the Galyang Formation 51 Figure A10. Photographs of the Syangia and Blaini Formations 52 Figure All. Photograph of the Lakharparta Group carbonates 55 Figure A12. Photograph of the Dumri Formation 58 Figure A13. Photograph of Formation I of the Greater Himalaya 59 Figure A14. Photomicrographs of Formation I of the Greater Himalaya 60 Figure A15. Photomicrograph of Formation II and III of the Greater Himalaya 61 Figure A16. Photomicrograph of Kalikot Schist 63 Figure A17. Photomicrograph of the Tibetan Himalaya calcsilicates 66 Figure A18. Tectonic map of western Nepal 69 Figure A19. Photographs of the Ramgarh thrust 74 Figure A20. Photograph and photomicrograph of the Main Central thrust 75 Figure A21. Photograph of rotated feldspar in the Greater Himalaya 76 Figure A22. Kinematic reconstruction of the Himalayan fold-thrust belt in western
Nepal 100 Figure A23. Timing of deformation in the Himalayan fold-thrust belt 101 Figure A24. Three-dimensional schematic reconstruction of the Himalayan
fold-thrust belt in western Nepal 104 Plate I Regional geologic map of western Nepal in pocket Plate 2 Cross sections from western Nepal in pocket
Figure B I. Generalized geologic map of Nepal showing sample locations 125 Figure B2. Stratigraphy of the Greater and Lesser Himalaya 128 Figure B3. Nd isotopic values of tectonostratigraphic zones 135 Figure B4. Nd isotopic values in the syntectonic sediments 138 Figure B5. Schematic reconstruction of the Himalayan fold-thrust belt 142 Figure B6. Three-dimensional reconstruction of the Himalayan fold-thrust belt in
western, central and eastern Nepal 146
Figure CI. Generalized geologic map of Nepal 159 Figure C2. Reconstruction of the Himalayan fold-thrust belt 162 Figure C3. Synkinematic monazite ages and 40Ar/39Ar cooling ages in relation to the
Main Central thrust 167
9
LIST OF FIGURES - Continued
Figure Dl. Generalized geologic map of the northern Tibetan Plateau 182 Figure D2. Generalized geologic map of the Tula uplift 187 Figure D3. Stratigraphy of the Tula uplift 189 Figure D4. U-Pb zircon age of the Cretaceous plutons 196 Figure D5. Ternary diagrams for Upper Jurassic-Paieogene strata 199 Figure D6. Photomicrographs of rocks in the Tula uplift 201 Figure D7. Scaled cross sections across the Tula uplift 207 Figure D8. Photograph of deformed Quaternary gravels 209 Figure D9. Photograph of an overturned syncUne 210 Figure DIO. Evolution of the Tula uplift 212
10
LIST OF TABLES
Table Al. Shortening estimates in western Nepal from this study 95 Table A2. Shortening estimates across the Himalayan fold-thrust belt 98
Table B I. Nd isotopic values for bedrock samples across Nepal 134 Table B2. Nd isotopic values for synorogenic foreland basin samples across
Nepal 139
Table DI. Lithologic description for the stratigraphy of the Tula uplift 190 Table D2. U-Pb isotopic data and ages for the Cretaceous pluton 195 Table D3. Petrographic parameters for point-counting 197 Table D4. Recalculated data from point-counting 198 Table D5. Fault data from the Tula uplift 206
II
ABSTRACT
The Himalayan fold-thrust belt and Tibetan Plateau are the result of the collision
between the Indian and Eurasian continents. This dissertation documents the kinematics
and tectonic history of the northern Tibetan Plateau and the Himalayan fold-thrust belt of
western Nepal. Augmenting the regional structural study in western Nepal are new Nd
isotopic data from bedrock terranes and syntectonic sediments.
In the Himalayan fold-thrust belt, the Main Central thrust emplaced a hanging
wall flat of Greater Himalayan rock over a footwall flat of Lesser Himalayan rock in
Early Miocene time. Subsequent growth of the Lesser Himalayan duplex uplifted and
tilited the Ramgarh thrust sheet. Main Central thrust, and overlying Greater Himalayan
rock to the surface. Growth of the Lesser Himalayan duplex makes it appear as though
the Main Central thrust has been reactivated in recent time; however, it has not
experienced large scale out-of-sequence thrusting.
New Nd isotopic data from throughout Nepal indicate that Lesser Himalayan
rocks consistently have a more negative Nd isotopic signature than Greater Himalayan
and Tibetan Himalayan rocks. Growth of the LH duplex is documented in the syntectonic
sediments of the Neogene Siwalik Group. At ~ 10-II Ma in central and western Nepal,
the eNd values of the Siwalik Group shift toward more negative values which indicate
detrital input from rocks in the Lesser Himalayan duplex.
Regional mapping in western Nepal and three balanced cross sections provide a
three-dimensional view of the evolution of the fold-thrust belt. These cross sections
suggest over 900 km of shortening from the Indus suture to the Main Frontal thrust. The
12
-900 km of shortening suggests a corresponding -900 km long wedge of lower crustal
rock was consumed by the Himalayan-Tibetan orogen. It is possible that this wedge was
inserted under the Tibetan Plateau, helping the plateau to obtain its anomalously thick
crust.
If lower crustal rocks have been inserted under the Tibetan Plateau, the Himalaya
collision can account for -70% of thickening of the Tibetan Plateau. This leaves -30% to
be accounted for by other mechanisms. The Tula uplift documents shortening along the
northern edge of the Tibetan Plateau The lithic composition of sandstones and the
deformation, uplift, and erosion of strata suggests that significant regional uplift and
thickening occurred in the Tula area since Late Jurassic time and is still occurring. These
relationships suggest that the northern Tibetan Plateau region was tectonically active, and
undergoing shortening, long before the early Tertiary India-Eurasian collision.
13
CHAPTER 1: INTRODUCTION
Statement of Problem
The Himalaya is a 250-300 km wide, arcuate fold-thrust belt composed of upper
crustal rocks that extended northward from the Indian continent prior to its collision with
the Eurasian continent in early Tertiary time (Gansser, 1964). The peaks of the Himalaya
rise up over 8,000 m along the Nepal/Tibet border forming the highest mountains in the
world. North of the Himalayan arc is the largest and highest plateau in the world, the
Tibetan Plateau, with an average elevation of 5 km and north-south width of -1000 km.
Although the Himalaya is the largest orogenic system in the world, the kinematics and
shortening of the fold-thrust belt are not well documented. An accurate understanding of
the fold-thrust belt may lead to a better understanding of the relationship between the
Himalaya and the Tibetan Plateau and may offer insight into uplift mechanism(s) of the
Tibetan Plateau (DeCelles et al, 2001b). It is generally agreed upon that the collision of
India with Eurasia created the Himalaya and the Tibetan Plateau but the process is not
well understood. In order to begin to understand the development of the fold-thrust belt
and its connection to the Tibetan Plateau, I chose to focus my geologic investigations in
western Nepal, which is the central part of the Himalayan-Tibetan orogen.
Most researchers prefer to work in the more accessible area of central Nepal
(LeFort, 1975; Stdcklin, 1980; Arita, 1983; Sakai, 1983; Colchen et al., 1986; Pecher,
1989; Schelling, 1992). Until recently, western Nepal has remained terra incognita and
generally unmapped by researchers who use modem techniques of thrust belt geology
(e.g. Dahlstrom, 1970; Beyer and Elliott, 1982; Diegel, 1986). Far western Nepal, from
14
the Indian border to approximately 81°30' longitude, was preliminarily mapped by the
Nepali government geologists (Shrestha et al., 1987a). Mid western Nepal, from 8l°30'
to 82° 15' longitude and northward to only 29°30' latitude, was also mapped by the
Nepali government geologists (Shrestha et al., 1987b) and by Fuchs (1973). Preliminary
investigations into the fold-thrust belt in far western Nepal were conducted by DeCelles
et al. (1998b; 2001a). I chose to map in western Nepal because it is the perfect laboratory
to study the construction of the Himalayan fold-thrust belt owing to the level of erosion
and degree of exposure. I was intrigued with the possibility of conducting first order
geology in a premier mountain belt.
The Himalayan fold-thrust belt is perhaps best known from the many studies of its
high-grade metamorphic rocks of the Greater Himalaya (Hodges, 2000). However, the
Lesser Himalayan rocks are the most deformed tectonostratigraphic zone in the thrust
belt. Many researchers have avoided the Lesser Himalaya because the stratigraphy is
difficult and the terrane is mostly forested. The Lesser Himalayan rocks may contain
much of the record of shortening of the Himalayan fold-thrust belt, and a casual perusal
of existing maps suggests many undiscovered structural features. In central and eastern
Nepal, much of the Lesser Himalayan rock is covered by the overlying Greater
Himalayan rocks (Schelling, 1992). In contrast, the Lesser Himalayan rocks are exposed
in western Nepal through tectonic windows allowing access into multiple deeper-level
thrust sheets.
During the Spring of 1998,1 joined a group of University of Arizona researchers
in far western Nepal for a preliminary investigation. I wanted to know if it was possible
15
to sort out the stratigraphy in western Nepal and if structural mapping was feasible.
Indeed, far western Nepal was a suitable area to study the kinematic evolution of a young
mountain belt. The results of this preliminary foray into far western Nepal were published
by DeCelles et al. (2001a, Robinson second author). This investigation established the
existence of many structures in the Lesser Himalayan rocks that had never been
recognized, and provided a rationale and logistical model for a more comprehensive
study.
Balanced cross sections have been constructed across the Himalaya in Garhwal,
India (Srivasta and Mitra, 1994), Pakistan (Coward and Butler, 1985), far western Nepal
(DeCelles et al., 1998b) and eastern Nepal (Schelling and Arita, 1991; Schelling, 1992)
from the Main Frontal thrust to the Main Central thrust. Balanced cross sections have
also been constructed in the Tethyan portion of the Himalaya in Ladakh (Searle et al.,
1986; Searle, 1997), north of western Nepal (Murphy and Yin, 2000), and north of
eastern Nepal (Ratschbacher et al., 1994). Paleomagnetic data suggest that shortening is
between 900-1500 km (Patriat and Achache, 1984; Klootwijk et al., 1985; Besse and
Courtillot, 1988; Patzelt et al., 1996) in the Himalayan fold-thrust belt from the Indus
suture to the Main Frontal thrust. However, minimum estimates of shortening are -300
km in eastern Nepal (Schelling, 1992) and a maximum estimate of ~600 km in Garwal,
India (Srivastiva and Mitra, 1994). DeCelles et al. (2001a) suggested a minimum
shortening estimate of -700 km in far western Nepal. The main goals of this dissertation
were as follows: (1) produce a first order regional geologic map of western Nepal, (2)
construct balanced cross sections with the new data and find out whether or not
16
shortening is actually on the order of 900-1500 km, (3) determine the three-dimensional
architecture of the fold-thrust belt, (4) understand the role that the fold-thrust belt played
in the evolution of the Himalayan-Tibetan orogen, and (5) understand the timing and
kinematics of the northern Tibetan Plateau
Dissertation Format
This dissertation consists of four separate manuscripts which appear as
appendices. The first manuscript, entitled The Himalayan fold-thnist belt of Western
Nepal, is the culmination of this dissertation. It contains a regional geologic map of far
western and part of mid western Nepal and three balanced cross sections. Observations
from across western Nepal are compared and a three-dimensional architecture is
developed. This manuscript will be submitted to the Geological Society of America as a
Special Paper.
The second manuscript, entitled The kinematic evolution of the Nepalese
Himalaya interpreted from Nd isotopes, presents a study of the unroofing history of the
Himalayan fold-thrust belt across Nepal. This manuscript is an examination of the Nd
isotopes in the tectonostratigraphic terranes of the fold-thrust belt and the Eocene-
Pliocene syntectonic sediment. This manuscript was published in Earth and Planetary
Science Letters in Novermber, 2001.
The third manuscript is entitled Kinematic Alternative to Reactivation of the Main
Central thrust in Nepal and will be submitted to Geology. It focuses on the evolution of
the Ramgarh thrust sheet and Lesser Himalayan duplex and the kinematic influence of
17
these structural features imparted on the Main Central thrust and Greater Himalayan
rocks.
The final manuscript in the dissertation is focused on crystal shortening and
thickening along the northern edge of the Tibetan Plateau. This manuscript is entitled The
Tula uplift, northwestern China: Evidence for regional tectonism of the northern Tibetan
Plateau during late Mesozoic-early Cenozoic time has been submitted to the Geological
Society of America Bulletin. The results of this paper show that there has been crustal
thickening on the northern edge of the Tibetan Plateau since Late Jurassic time.
The research involved in this dissertation and summarized in these manuscripts
was done entirely by the author. However, I acknowledge the co-authors who contributed
to the development of each manuscript. My co-author on the first manuscript (Appendix
A) is Peter G. DeCelles, who provided editorial guidance and is largely responsible for
providing funding for field research. My co-authors on the second manuscript (Appendix
B) are Peter G. DeCelles, who provided editorial and research guidance, P. Jonathan
Patchett, who provided laboratory instruction, and Carmala N. Garzione, who collected
some of the samples in Nepal. My co-authors on the third manuscript (Appendix C),
Carmala N. Garzione, Peter G. DeCelles, and Ofori N. Pearson, all assisted in the
development of the ideas in the manuscript and the field work in Nepal. The final
manuscript (Appendix D) has three co-authors: Guillaume Dupont-Nivet, who assisted in
the field and helped to develop concepts, George E. Gehrels, who provided editorial and
financial support, and Yueqiao Zhang, who assisted with field logistics while in China.
18
CHAPTER 2; PRESENT STUDY
The methods, results, and conclusions of this study are presented in the
manuscripts appended to this dissertation. The following is a summary of the most
important findings in these papers.
Prior to the India-Eurasia collision in Eocene time, the Lesser Himalayan, Greater
Himalayan and Tibetan Himalayan tectonostratigraphic terranes extended northward
from the Indian continent into the Tethys Ocean (Gansser, 1964; Gaetani and Garzanti,
1991; Brookfield, 1993). The Indus suture marks the collision zone between India with
Eurasia, and the beginning of the largest continent-continent collision in the world.
Thrust faulting propagated southward from the Indus suture into the tectonostratigraphic
terranes forming the Himalayan fold-thrust belt (Heim and Gansser, 1939). Deformation
propagated northward from the collision and possibly helped create the Tibetan Plateau.
The timing and deformation on the northern Tibetan Plateau is the subject of one
manuscript.
Three other manuscripts in this dissertation address recent geological explorations
of the Himalayan fold-thrust bell in western Nepal. The resulting regional geologic map,
scale 1:250,000, is the first detailed map in western Nepal produced with modem
principles of thrust belt geology (e.g. Dahlstrom, 1970; Boyer and Elliott, 1982; Diegel,
1986). Three balanced cross sections based on this map provide insight into the three
dimensional architecture of the structural features in western Nepal. From these three
cross sections, the kinematics of the Himalayan fold-thrust belt may be deduced across
strike for 300 km from the Indian border to east of the Kamali River. The major
19
structural features are, from south to north—the Subhimalayan thrust system, the Lesser
Himalayan imbricate zone, the Ramgarh thrust sheet and the crystalline Dadeldhura
kiippe, the Lesser Himalayan duplex, the Main Central thrust and overlying Greater
Himalaya, and the South Tibetan detachment system and overlying Tibetan Himalaya.
Each cross section contains these major structural features. The Himalayan fold-thrust
belt from the Main Frontal thrust to the Indus suture accommodates a minimum of 713
km of shortening and a maximum of 972 km of shortening. The shortening estimates are
likely to increase as these numbers do not incorporate shortening from meso-scale folds
and faults and microstrain (Mitra, 1997). The Lesser Himalayan duplex (Srivastiva and
Mitra; 1994; Johnson, 1994; DeCelles et al., 2001a), contains a minimum of seven and a
maximum of thirteen thrust sheets in these cross sections.
This dissertation includes the first comprehensive study of the Nd unroofing
history of the Himalayan fold-thrust belt across Nepal. Conventional petrographic
provenance studies in the Siwalik Group proved somewhat equivocal when it comes to
identifying specific source terranes because of the similarities of the rock type being
unroofed (DeCelles et al., 1998a). Nd isotopes are sensitive enough to decipher the
unroofing history if the Esd values from the unroofing terranes are sufficiently different.
Lesser Himalayan rocks have an average eNd(O) value of —21.5, and Greater and Tibetan
Himalayan rocks have an average eNd(O) value of—16. The Nd isotopic signature of the
Lesser Himalaya and Greater Himalaya were found to be distinct and traceable across
Nepal. Thus, progressive unroofing of the tectonostratigraphic terranes in the Himalayan
fold-thrust belt is recorded in the Nd isotopic signatures of syntectonic Eocene-Pliocene
20
rocks. Erosion of Lesser Himalayan rock is recorded in the foreland basin by a shift
toward more negative eNd(T) values during Middle-Late Miocene time. In eastern Nepal,
the Lesser Himalayan duplex has not been erosionally breached. This is confirmed by
preliminary mapping.
Therefore, at least part of the Lesser Himalayan duplex was in place by ~ 10-11
Ma and actively shedding detritus into the foreland basin. How did the growth of the
Lesser Himalayan duplex contribute to the kinematics of the fold-thrust belt? Across
Nepal, the Ramgarh thrust sheet. Main Central thrust, and Greater Himalayan rocks dip
northward at 30° to 60°, and all fabrics and foliations are parallel in these structural
features. This suggests that the Main Central thrust emplaced Greater Himalayan rocks in
a hanging wall flat over the Lesser Himalayan rocks of the eventual Ramgarh thrust sheet
in a footwall flat. The present northward dips in these rocks were imparted by passive
uplift and tilting during the growth of the Lesser Himalayan duplex to the south. Thus,
the Main Central thrust is not a crustal scale ramp that has been recently reactivated in an
out-of-sequence thrust with major displacement as previously reported by other
researchers (Harrison et al., 1998; Catlos et al., 2001).
The focus of this dissertation was to understand the evolution and kinematics of
the fold-thrust belt in western Nepal. Additionally, I wanted to understand how the thrust
belt relates to the evolution of the Himalayan-Tibetan orogen. Paleomagnetic
investigations suggest that shortening in the Himalayan fold-thrust belt should be
between 900-1500 km (Patriat and Achache, 1984; Klootwijk et al., 1985; Besse and
Courtillot, 1988; Patzelt et al., 1996). Previous studies in the fold-thrust belt have resulted
21
in estimates that fall short of this amount. The western Nepal cross sections show over
900 km of shortening in upper crustal rocks in western Nepal. Thus, a corresponding
wedge of 900 km of lower crustal rock was consumed by the Himalayan-Tibetan orogen.
This lower crustal rock could have been subducted with Indian mantle lithosphere.
Conversely, it may have been inserted under the Tibetan lower crust beginning in Eocene
time. The insertion of a 20 km thick, 900 km wedge could account for -70% of crustal
thickening under the Tibetan Plateau. This hypothesis is detailed in a manuscript, entitled
Implications of Shortening in the Himalayan Fold-Thrust Belt for Uplift of the Tibetan
Plateau by DeCelles et al. (Robinson second author) that has been submitted to Tectonics
and is not included in this dissertation.
The Tibetan Plateau is 75 km thick in southern Tibet and 55 km thick in northern
Tibet (Owens and Zandt, 1997; Zhu, 1998). If the insertion of a 900+ km wedge of lower
crustal rock accounts for -70% of the crustal thickening of the Tibetan Plateau, this
leaves -30% to be accounted for by other mechanisms. The Tula uplift on the northern
edge of the Tibetan Plateau contains a long history of deformation and crustal thickening.
The lithic composition of sandstones of Late Jurassic age, and the deformation, uplift,
and erosion of Upper Jurassic strata suggest that uplift on the northern part of the Tibetan
Plateau began long before the Indian-Eurasian collision. Uplift and thickening of the
Tibetan Plateau crust is a process that began in Late Jurassic time in the Tula region,
continued through the Cretaceous and early Tertiary time and continues to the present
day. Thus, the remaining -30% of thickening of the Tibetan Plateau is probably the result
of progressive thickening from distributed shortening across the plateau from the
accretion of the Qiangtang terrane, Lhasa terrane and the Indian continent. This
suggestion is supported by other studies on the Tibetan Plateau, which report shortenin
from Jurassic-Recent time (Murphy et ai., 1997; Kapp et ai., 2000; Yin et ai., 1999).
23
REFERENCES
Besse, J., and Courtillot, V., 1988 Paleogeographic maps of the continents bordering the Indian Ocean since the Early Jurassic: Journal of Geophysical Research, v. 93, p. 11,791-11,808.
Boyer, S.E., and Elliot, D., 1982, Thrust systems: American Association of Petroleum Geologist Bulletin, v. 66, p. 1196-1230.
Catlos, E.J., Harrison, T.M., Kohn, M.J., Grove, M., Ryerson, F.J„ Manning, C., and Upreti, B.N., 2001, Geochronologic and thermobarometric constraints on the evolution of the Main Central thrust, central Nepal Himalaya: Journal of Geophysical Research, v. 106, p. 16177-16204.
Colchen, M., LeFort, P., and Pecher, A., 1986, Annapuma-Mansalu-Ganesh Himal: Paris, Centre National de la Recherche Scientifique, 136 p.
Coward, M.P., and Butler, R.W.H., 1985, Thrust tectonics and the deep structure of the Pakistan Himalaya: Geology, v. 13, p. 417-420.
Dahlstrom, C.D.A., 1970, Structural geology in the eastern margin of the Canadian Rocky Mountains: Bulletin of Canadian Petroleum Geology, v. 18, p. 332-406.
DeCelles, P.G., Gehrels, G.E., Quade, J., Kapp, P.A., Ojha, T.P., and Upreti, B.N., 1998a, Neogene foreland basin deposits, erosional unroofing, and the kinematic history of the Himalayan fold-thrust belt, western Nepal: Geological Society of America Bulletin, v. 110, p. 2-21.
DeCelles, P.G., Gehrels, G.E., Quade, J., and Ojha, T.P., 1998b, Eocene-early Miocene foreland basin development and the history of Himalayan thrusting, western and central Nepal: Tectonics, v. 17, p. 741-765.
DeCelles, P.G., Robinson, D.M., Quade, J., Copeland, P., Upreti, B.N., Ojha, T.P., and Garzione, C.N., 2001a, Regional structure and stratigraphy of the Himalayan fold-thrust belt, farwestem Nepal: Tectonics, v. 20, p. 487-509.
DeCelles, P.G., Robinson, D.M., and Zandt, G., 2001b, Implications of Shortening in the Himalayan Fold-Thrust Belt for Uplift of the Tibetan Plateau: Transactions of the American Geophysical Union, abstracts with programs, v. 82.
Diegel, F.A., 1986, Topological constraints on imbricate thrust networks, examples from the Mountain City window, Tennessee, U.S.A.: Journal of Structural Geology, v.
24
7, p. 269-279
Fuchs, G., 1973, Geolgical Map of the Dailekh-Jumla-Galwa Region: scale 1:253,440, Geologische Bundesanstalt, Wien.
Gaetani, M., and Garzanti, E., 1991, Multicyclic history of the northern India continental margin (Northwestern Himalaya): American Association of Petroleum Geologists Bulletin, v. 75, p. 1427-1446.
Gansser, A., 1964, Geology of the Himalayas: London, Wiley Interscience, 289 p.
Harrison, T.M., Grove, M., Lovera, O.M., and Catlos, E.J., 1998, A model for the origin of Himalayan anatexis and inverted metamorphism: Journal of Geophysical Research, v. 103, p. 27017-27032.
Heim, A., and Gansser, A., 1939, Central Himalaya: Geological observations of the Swiss expedition 1936: Mem. Soc. Helv. Sci. Nat., v. 73, 245pp.
Hodges, K.V., 2000, Tectonics of the Himalaya and southern Tibet from two perspectives: Geological Society of America Bulletin, v. 112, p. 324-350.
Johnson, M.R.W., 1994, Culminations and domal uplifts in the Himalaya: Tectonophysics, v. 239, p. 139-147.
Kapp, P., Yin, A., Manning, C.E., Murphy, M., Harrison, T.M., Spurlin, M., Ding, L., Deng, X.-G.. and Wu, C.-M., 2000, Blueschist-bearing metamorphic core complexes in the Qiangtang block reveal deep crustal structure of northern Tibet: Geology, v. 28, p. 19-22.
Klootwijk, C.T., Conaghan, P.J, and Powell, C.M., 1985, The Himalayan arc: large-scale continental subduction, oroclinal bending and back-arc spreading: Earth and Planetary Science Letters, v. 75, p. 167-183.
LeFort, P., 1975, Himalayas: The collided range. Present knowledge of the continental arc: American Journal of Science, v. 275-A, p. 1-44.
Mitra, G., 1997, Evolution of Salients in a Fold-Thrust Belt: the Effects of Sedimentary Basin Geometry, Strain Distribution and Critical Taper: in Sengupta, S., ed.. Evolution of geologic structures from macro- to micro-scales: Chapman and Hall, London, p. 59-90.
Murphy, M.A., Yin, A., Harrison, T.M., Durr, S.B., Chen, Z., 1997, Significant crustal shortening in south-central Tibet prior to the Indo-Asian collision: Geology, v. 25, p. 719-722.
25
Murphy, M.A, and Yin, A., 2000, Structural Evolution of the Tethyan Fold-Thrust Belt: Implications for Timing of underthrusting of the Indian Shield Beneath Tibet: EOS, Transactions of the American Geophysical Union, abstracts with programs, V. 81,FI116-F1I17.
Owens, T.J., and Zandt, G., 1997, Implications of crustal property variations for models of Tibetan Plateau evolution: Nature, v. 387, p.37^3.
Patriat, P., and Achache, J., 1984, Indian-Asia collision chronology has implications for crustal shortening and driving mechanisms of plates: Nature, v. 311, p. 615-621.
Patzelt, A., Li, H., Wang, J., and Appel, E., 1996, Palaeomagnetism of Cretaceous to Tertiary sediments from southern Tibet: evidence for the extent of the northern margin of India prior to the collision with Eurasia: Tectonophysics, v. 259, p. 259-284.
Pecher, A., 1989, The metamorphism in the central Himalaya: Journal of Metamorphic Geology, v. 7, p. 31-41.
Ratschbacher, L., Frisch, W., and Guanghua, L., 1994, Distributed deformation in southern and western Tibet during and after the India-Asia collision: Journal of Geophysical Research, v. 99, p. 19917-19945.
Sakai, H., l983,Geology of the Tansen Group of the Lesser Himalaya in Nepal: Memoire of Faculty of Science, Kyushu University, [D], v. 25, p. 27-74.
Schelling, D., 1992, The tectonostratigraphy and structure of the eastern Nepal Himalaya: Tectonics, v. II, p. 925-943.
Schelling, D., and Arita, K., 1991, Thrust tectonics, crustal shortening, and the structure of the far-eastern Nepal Himalaya: Tectonics, v. 10, p. 851-862.
Searle, M.P., 1986, Structural evolution and sequence of thrusting in the High Himalayan, Tibetan Tethys and Indus suture zones of Zanskar and Ladakh, western Himalaya: Journal of Structural Geology, v. 8, p. 923-936.
Searle M.P., Corfield, R.L., Stephenson, B., and McCarron, J., 1997, Structure of the north Indian continental margin in the Ladakh-Zanskar Himalayas: Implications for the timing of obduction of the Spontang ophiolite, India-Asia collision and deformational events in the Himalaya: Geological Magazine, v. 134, p. 297-316.
Shresthaet al., 1987a, Geological map of far western Nepal: scale 1:250,000, Royal Nepali Department of Mines and Geology, Kathmandu.
26
Shrestha et al., l987b,GeoIogical map of mid western Nepal: scale 1:250,000, Royal Nepali Department of Mines and Geology, Kathmandu.
Stocklin, J., 1980, Geology of Nepal and its regional frame: Geological Society [London] Journal, v. 137, p. 1-34.
Srivastava, P., and Mitra, G., 1994, Thrust geometries and deep structure of the outer and lesser Himalaya, Kumaon and Garhwal (India): Implication for evolution of the Himalayan fold-and-thrust belt: Tectonics, v. 13, p. 89-109.
Valdiya, K.S., 1980, Geology of the Kumaon Lesser Himalaya, 291 pp. Wadia Institute of Himalayan Geology, Dehra Dun, India.
Yin, A., Harrison, T.M., Murphy, M.A., Grove, M., and Nie, S., 1999, Tertiary deformation history of southeastern and southwestern Tibet during the Indo-Asian collision: Geological Society of America Bulletin, v. Ill, p. 1644-1664.
Zhu, L., 1998, Broadband waveform modeling and its application to the lithospheric structure of the Tibetan Plateau, Ph.D. dissertation, Caltech, Pasadena, California.
27
APPENDIX A:
THE HIMALAYAN FOLD-THRUST BELT, WESTERN NEPAL: GEOLOGIC
OBSERVATIONS AND TECTONIC IMPLICATIONS
Abstract
Four years of research in western Nepal provide a new regional geologic map
accompanied by three balanced cross sections. These new data provide a concentrated
and integrated view of the Himalayan fold-thrust belt using the modem concepts of thrust
belt geology. The geologic map covers the area from the Indian border in far western
Nepal to just east of the Kamali River in mid western Nepal. Mapping was concentrated
in the Lesser Himalaya, or midlands region. Multiple north-south transects reveal that the
Lesser Himalayan rocks north of the Dadeldhura crystalline klippe are deformed into a
hybrid hinterland dipping-antiformal duplex. This Lesser Himalayan duplex contains a
minimum of seven thrust sheets and a maximum of thirteen thrust sheets across strike.
The northernmost thrust sheet south of the northward dipping Main Central thrust is the
Ramgarh thrust sheet, a far-traveled thrust sheet that extends southward for up to 125 km.
These structural features are continuous along strike from the Indian border eastward into
mid western Nepal. A firm understanding of the structural features contributes greatly to
understanding the evolution and kinematics of the Himalayan fold-thrust belt. The
balanced cross sections reveal the following shortening estimates from the Main Central
thrust to the Main Frontal thrust: Api, 418 km (78%); Chainpur, 403 km (78%); Simikot,
534 km (76%). Because these values do not include meso-scale faults and folds or
28
penetrative strain, these are minimum estimates. When these values are added to
shortening estimates in the Greater Himalayan and Tibetan Himalayan portions of the
fold-thrust belt, the cross sections imply that over 900 km of shortening is recorded
between the Indus suture and the Main Frontal thrust. This amount of shortening supports
the concept that the Tibetan Plateau has attained its present crustal thickness by doubling
of the lower crust. The shortening in the upper crustal rocks of the Himalayan fold-thrust
belt requires the existence of a corresponding 900-h km long wedge of lower crustal rocks
that is available for insertion under the Tibetan lower crust, and may help sustain the
thickened Tibetan Plateau.
Introduction:
The Himalayan fold-thrust belt spans -2500 km from the western syntaxis in
northern Pakistan to the eastern syntaxis in Bhutan, and has a north-south width of ~250-
300 km from the Indus suture in the north to the Main Frontal thrust in the south (Fig.
Al; Gansser, 1964). The Himalaya is one of the youngest examples of a continent-
continent collisional mountain range, and many models have been proposed to explain
their evolution (see reviews in Powell and Conaghan, 1975; Matte et al., 1997).
Understanding the kinematic systems involved in the development of the structural
features seen in the Himalaya is integral to understanding mountain building processes.
Western Nepal is one of the most important regions in the Himalayan fold-thrust belt
because of its position in the central part of the Himalayan-Tibetan orogen. Because
western Nepal is near the apex of the Himalaya salient, the region has the potential to
Tanni Basin Carako
imlam aasiif
~ r -
Qian tang
^^^^^'ongMliclinorim Explanation
f1 Tertiary grabens
Thrust faults
low-angle normal faults
strike-slip faults
)C fold axis
Gangedese maginatic belt
elevation >4.5 km
'd) elevation >3 km
(cross section lines from this study Figure A1: Regional tectonic map of the Tibetan Plateau and the Himalaya showing major suture
. ,. zones, terranes, faults, and the Gandese magmatic arc (after Yin and Harrison, 2000). Elevations
Irro<is <sprlinn 777 on » / from other studies Fielding et al. (1994). Abbreviations are as follows: KS, Kunlun suture; MKT, Main
Karakoram thrust; ISZ, Indus suture zone; JS, Jinsha suture; BS, Banggong suture; STDS, South Tibetan detachment system; MCT, Main Central thrust; MBT, Main Boundary thrust; MFT, Main Frontal thrust. Abbreviations by the solid cross section lines refer to authors of published balanced cross sections are as follows: C&B, Coward and Butler (1985); S, Searle et al. (1997)
and Searle (1986): S&M, Srivastiva and Mitra (1994); R, Ratschbacher et al. (1994); Sch, Schelling (1992), S&A, Schelling and Arita (1991). Heavier cross section lines are the section lines from this study and the middle line is the same study area as DeCelles et al., (2001a). Rectangle is approximate location of Nepal (Figure A2).
30
record the most shortening in the fold-thrust belt (DeCelles et al., 2001b; Fig. Al). Thus,
the kinematics of the orogenic system are likely to be the most revealing in western
Nepal.
Despite its importance, western Nepal has not been mapped using modem
techniques of thrust belt geology (e.g., Dahlstrom, 1970; Boyer and Elliott, 1982; Diegel,
1986). The existing maps of far western and mid western Nepal (Shrestha et al., 1987a,
1987b; Fuchs, 1973) display inconsistent relationships between the units and are,
therefore, difficult to interpret. Western Nepal has not been heavily researched because
the region has little infrastructure; large villages are far apart, and it is forested with
sparse exposure. In this manuscript, traditional names of the rivers and villages have not
been changed to English. In Nepal, river is used to name the large, main channel of
flowing water. The Nepali words Khola and Gad are used to name small and smaller
tributaries, respectively, of the main river. The far western region, as distinguished by the
government of Nepal, includes the Api and Chainpur cross sections and the districts of
Bajhang, Bajura, Baitadi, Darchula, Doti, Dadeldhura, and Achham (see Plate 1 in
pocket). The Simikot cross section is in the mid western region, and includes the districts
of Humla, Mugu, Kalikot, Dailekh, and Surkhet. In this manuscript, the distinction
between far western and mid western Nepal is followed. Together the two regions are
referred to as western Nepal. Access to the high peaks of western Nepal is restricted as
dictated by the Nepalese government. Access is denied unless a special permit is
purchased. In far western Nepal, the areas along the Chamliya River north of the village
31
of Kandeshwari and along the Seti River north of the village of Dhuli are restricted. In
mid western Nepal, the area to the west of the village Simikot is restricted.
The low plains south of the mountains are in the Terai region, which contains the
Pleistocene to Recent sediment in the Indo-Gangetic plain. In western Nepal, the
Subhimalaya, or foothills, rise abruptly from the 100-200 m Indo-Gangetic plain.
Elevations in the Subhimalaya range from 200-1000 m. North of the foothills, the Lesser
Himalaya and the crystalline klippe compose the bulk of the thrust belt. Elevations range
from 1 km to 5 km. The high peaks of the Himalaya are composed of Greater Himalayan
rocks where elevations are in excess of 7 km. Average elevations in the Tibetan
Himalaya are approximately 5 km. Two roads provide access into the Lesser Himalaya.
In far western Nepal, the Dadeldhura Road extends as far north as the Kali Gad and Seti
River (see Plate I in pocket). In mid western Nepal, the Dailekh Road extends to the
village of Dailekh. Rivers such as the Seti and Kamali River are the major inlets into the
core of the mountain range. Access into the Himalaya of western Nepal is gained via a
labyrinth of trails, ranging from very good quality routes to livestock paths.
In this manuscript, I document the geologic relationships of western Nepal. First,
the stratigraphy is presented with special attention given to the Lesser Himalaya. Next,
the geologic map and major structural features are presented. Each of the three cross
sections are then described. Finally, shortening estimates, the kinematic history, and the
implications of the data are presented.
Methods
32
Western Nepal (Fig. A2) has remained unmapped into the 21^' century because it
contains remote and difficult terrane. I mapped the area on a series of ~200 km north-
south traverses. Mapping was conducted at scales of 1:100,000, 1:64,000 and 1:25,000
depending on the availability of maps from the government of Nepal. The area covered
extends from the western border of Nepal with India to east of the Kamali River (-23,000
km"). Corona satellite photos were used to extend contacts between regions of ground
control.
A regional map was developed from the data obtained from these traverses (Plate
1, in pocket). Balanced cross sections were constructed along three north-south traverses
(Fig. A2) to understand the structural geometry of the fold-thrust belt in western Nepal
and to establish shortening estimates. The cross sections are line-length balanced with a
regional basal dip of -4° (Ni and Barazangi, 1984).
Regional Tectonic Setting in Nepal
Before India collided with Asia, the northern margin of India was covered with
the passive margin sediments that accumulated on the margin of India during Proterozoic
time (Lesser Himalayan sequence), the passive margin sediments that accumulated after
Cambrian time (Tethyan sequence), the Greater Himalayan terrane (Gehrels et al., 1999;
DeCelles et al., 2000), and the Lhasa and Qiangtang terranes. The Greater Himalayan,
Lhasa and Qiangtang terranes were probably one terrane that rifted apart into three
different fragments (Yin and Harrison, 2000). The Qiangtang terrane may have been the
northern part of the Lhasa terrane, which rifted from Lhasa in Late Carboniferous and
33
Location of Regional Map
kilometers
Pokhara
Lithologies ED Subhimalaya
(Siwalik Group; SH) Miocene Granites
Tibetan Himalaya (TH) I- J Greater Himalaya (GH) • Lesser Himalaya (LH)
Figure A2: Geologic map of Nepal showing major faults and tectonostratigraphic zones (after Robinson et al., 2001a). Abbreviations of the major faults are the same as Figure Al. Abbreviations of the crystalline klippen are as follows: DK, Dadeldhura klippe; JK, Jaijarkot klippe; KTK, Kathmandu Idippe. Thrust faults are shows with barbs in the hanging wall, normal faults are marked by two hatched lines in the hanging wall. Cross section lines for this study are shown by the solid lines in western Nepal.
34
Early Permian time (Yin, 1997). The presence of Panafrican-age zircons (Kapp et al.,
2000) suggests that the lower crust of the Qiangtang terrane has affinities with Greater
Himalayan rock. The Lhasa terrane rifted off of India in Late Triassic time and marks the
opening of the Neotethys Ocean, which separated India from Lhasa (Gaetani and
Garzanti, 1991). Panafrican-age zircons in the footwall of the Nyaigentanglhlha
detachment (D'Andrea et al., 1999) and the Amdo gneiss (Xu et al., 1985) in the Lhasa
terrane suggest that Lhasa crust also has Greater Himalayan affinities. The presence of
Panafrican-age zircons in the Greater Himalayan, Lhasa, and Qiangtang terranes suggests
that they were near one another before rifting occurred. The Lhasa and Qiangtang
terranes accreted onto the southern margin of Asia before Himalayan deformation.
The India continent, along with its northward extending Tethyan, Greater
Himalayan, and Lesser Himalayan rocks, collided with the Lhasa terrane on the southem
margin of Asia along the Indus suture in Eocene time (e.g. Beck et al., 1995). As the
Indian plate continued to subduct northward (Powell and Conaghan, 1973; Ni and
Barazangi, 1984; Coward and Butler, 1985; Mattauer, 1986; Searle, 1991; Rowley, 1996;
Hodges, 2000), the Himalayan fold-thrust belt began to develop. After the Tibetan
Himalayan portion of the fold-thrust belt formed, deformation propagated southward into
the Greater Himalayan terrane, the Lesser Himalayan sequence and finally into the
Subhimalaya. Southward of the Himalayan fold-thrust belt, the foreland basin system
developed and onlapped onto the northern Indian cratonic shield (Lyon-Caen and Molnar,
1985).
35
Tectonostratigraphic zones
In Nepal, the Himalayan fold-thrust belt is composed of four tectonostratigraphic
zones separated by major faults (Heim and Gansser, 1939) (Fig. A2). The southernmost
tectonostratigraphic zone is the Subhimalayan zone (SH). The SH consists of the <14 Ma
(Ojha et al., 2000) synorogenic sediment of the Siwalik Group derived from the fold-
thrust belt. The Main Frontal thrust (MFT) separates the SH from the modem sediments
shed onto the Indo-Gangetic plain in northern India and southern Nepal. The active MFT
is usually expressed as an anticline at the surface (Powers et al., 1998; Wesnousky et al.,
1999; Lave and Avouac, 2000). The Main Boundary thrust (MBT, Fig. A2) separates the
SH from the Lesser Himalayan rocks to the north.
Lesser Himalayan (LH) rock is composed of unmetamorphosed to greenschist
facies sedimentary rocks with a stratigraphic thickness of ~10 km (Upreti, 1996). Lower
LH rocks are Paleo- and Meso-Proterozoic in age (Gehrels et al., 1999; DeCelles et al.,
2000), and upper LH rocks are Meso-Proterozoic to NeoProterozoic in age (Sakai, 1985;
Gehrels et al., 1999; DeCelles et al., 2000). The uppermost 10% of the LH is composed
of rocks that are much younger—the Permian to Paleocene Gondwanas, the Eocene
Bhainskati Formation, and the Early Miocene Dumri Formation. The Bhainskati and
Dumri Formations are the oldest synorogenic sediments preserved in the Himalaya of
Nepal. LH rock is separated from the higher-grade rock of the Greater Himalaya by the
Main Central thrust (MCT, Fig. A2).
36
The Greater Himalaya (GH) rock is composed of paragneiss, orthogneiss,
amphibolite, schist, calc-silicate, marble, and metavolvanic rock (Pecher, 1989; Vannay
and Hodges, 1996). These rocks consistently dip northward and may be 20-25 km thick
(Schelling, 1992; Hauck et al., 1998). GH rocks have been metamorphosed to upper
amphibolite grade in western Nepal. Detrital zircon U-Pb ages reveal a maximum age of
830 Ma and intruding granites yield a minimum age of -480 Ma for GH rocks (Parrish
and Hodges, 1996; Gehrels et al., 1999; DeCelles et al., 2000). South of the GH in
western Nepal, the Dadeldhura (DK) klippe is an isolated synformal structures consisting
of schist, metavolcanics and gneiss probably genetically related to the GH (Gansser,
1964; Stdcklin, 1980; Schelling, 1992). Paleozoic sedimentary rocks related to the
Tibetan Himalaya unconformably overlie the metamorphic rocks in the klippe.
The Tibetan Himalaya (TH) is separated from the GH by the South Tibetan
detachment system (STDS, Fig. A2). The TH is the northernmost tectonostratigraphic
zone and the northernmost part of the Himalayan fold-thrust belt. The TH contains
Cambrian to Eocene sedimentary rocks termed the Tethyan sequence, which reflects its
deposition along the Tethyan (or Neotethyan) margin of the northern margin of the Indian
plate (Gaetani and Garzanti, 1991; Brookfield, 1993).
Origin of the Greater Himalava
Historically, the LH and TH have been considered to be composed of sediments
shed from the Indian craton and the GH has been regarded as Indian cratonic basement
(e.g. Gansser, 1964; Mattauer, 1986; Srivastava and Mitra, 1994; Hauck et al., 1998).
37
Several recent Nd isotopic studies, however, suggest that GH rocks are not Indian
basement (Parrish and Hodges, 1996; Whittington et al, 1999; Ahmad et al., 2000;
Robinson et al., 2001a). Sediments derived from an old craton will record the very
negative Nd isotopic signature of the craton (Michard et al., 1985; McLennan et al.,
1993). Therefore, the miogeoclinal and basement rocks in the fold-thrust belt should yield
the same isotopic characteristics of the Indian craton if they were derived from that
craton. The Indian craton consists of Archean and Early Proterozoic metamorphic rocks
(Naqvi and Rogers, 1987) and so have very negative ENd values (Sharma et al., 1994). LH
rocks are characterized by highly negative Ssd values (-16 to -26; Robinson et al.,
2001a), consistent with sedimentary rocks derived from the Indian craton. GH rocks, in
contrast, generally have eNd values that are less negative (-8 to -20; Robinson et al.,
2001a) than those of the Indian craton. In addition, U-Pb detrital zircon ages from the GH
have age distribution peaks at -851 and -954 (Parrish and Hodges, 1996, Gehrels et al.,
1999; DeCelles et al., 2000). LH rocks have age distribution peaks from rocks in the
lower part of the section (Kushma and Ranimata Formations) at -1866 and -1943
(Gehrels et al., 1999; DeCelles et al., 2000). Thus, GH rocks are much younger than true
Indian cratonic basement; instead, the GH maybe an exotic terrane that accreted onto
India before the Ordovician (DeCelles et al., 2000).
Stratigraphy
The stratigraphy of the Himalayan tectonostratigraphic zones was first developed
in central Nepal (Heim and Gansser, 1939; Stocklin, 1980). Different nomenclatures have
38
been used across Nepal for rocks of the tectonostratigraphic zones, especially the LH, as
workers developed their own localized stratigraphic schemes. Early researchers attempted
to extend the stratigraphy into western Nepal from Kumaon and Garhwal, India (Auden,
1935; Heim and Gansser, 1939). This study correlates the stratigraphy in far western
Nepal and mid western Nepal across strike. Recent fieldwork shows that the
tectonostratigraphic zones and stratigraphy of the LH can be correlated all across Nepal
and a single nomenclatural scheme is appropriate for the Nepalese Himalaya. For LH
rocks, I use the nomenclature of Shrestha et al. (1987a) for the formations in western
Nepal (Fig. A3; DeCelles et al., 2001a). Figure A3 correlates the western Nepal
stratigraphy with that of central Nepal (Upreti, 1996) and eastern Nepal (Schelling,
1992).
The medium to high-grade rock north of the Main Central thrust is known by a
myriad of names such as the Central Crystallines (Heim and Gansser, 1939), the Vaikrita
Group in Kumaon (Valdiya, 1980), the Tibetan Slab in central Nepal (LeFort, 1975),
Himalayan gneiss zone (Hashimota et al., 1973; Arita, 1983), the upper crystalline nappe
(Frank and Fuchs, 1970; Fuchs and Frank, 1970) and the Higher Himalayan crystallines. I
will refer to this rock simply as Greater Himalaya (GH).
Subhimalava
The SH is defined as the 10-25 km wide belt of Neogene Siwalik Group rocks
that crop out in several thrust panels north of the Main Frontal thrust (Schelling and
Arita, 1991; Mugnier et al., 1993). The Siwalik Group is -5 km of fluvial syntectonic
39
Age Westem Nepal DeCelles et al., 200 la
& this study
Central Nepal
Upreti 1996
Eastern Nepal
after Schelling 1992
Miocene Dumri Fm. Dumri Fm. Dumri Fm.
Eocene Bhainskati Fm Bhainskati Fm Bhainskati Fm
Cretaceous-Permian
Gondwanas Gondwanas Gondwanas
Ui
Lakharpata Group
upper
middle lower
Robang Fm. Malekhu Fm. Benighat Fm. Dhading Fm.
Middle Proterozoic
O. O. 3
Syangia Fm <1.68 Ga
Norpul Fm. Tumlingtar Group (including Ulleri Augen Gneiss, Galyang Fm. Dandagaon Fm.
Tumlingtar Group (including Ulleri Augen Gneiss,
Sangram Fm. <1.68 Ga
Fagfog Fm. 1.83 Ga)
Early Proterozoic lo
wer
CO O m oq
1
Ranimata Fm. (including Ulleri Augen Gneiss)
Kuncha Fm. (including Ulleri Augen Gneiss)
oq Kushma Fm.
Kuncha Fm. (including Ulleri Augen Gneiss)
Figure A3. Regional stratigraphic correlations of the Lesser Himalaya.
40
sediment shed from the rising Himalaya beginning ~14 Ma (Ojha et al., 2000). The
Siwalik Group has three informal units—the lower, middle, and upper members (Tokuoka
et al., 1986; Harrison et al., 1993; Quade et al., 1995; DeCelles et al., 1998a). The lower
member rises up from the active foreland basin system and based on map width and
projection at depth, it is -2,000 m thick along the Dadeldhura Road, -1,700 m in the
Chainpur cross-section, and -3,200 m south of Surkhet. Characteristics of the lower
member are alternating fine-grained mudstone, siltstone, and shale interbedded with
sandstone with paleosols (DeCelles et al., 1998a). The middle member contains thick-
bedded fluvial sandstone beds that form high ridges. According to the map, the middle
member is -3,500 m thick along the Dadeldhura Road, -3,300 in the Chainpur cross-
section, and -1,800 m south of Surkhet. Characteristics of the upper member are coarse
conglomerates with minor mudstone intercalations. The upper member, according to map
thickness, is -2,000 m along the Dadeldhura Road, -1,700 m along the Chainpur cross-
section and -3,200 m south of Surkhet.
Lesser Himalava
LH rocks crop out south of the high peaks of the Himalaya, in areas that are
usually heavily forested and cultivated. The metamorphism in these rocks ranges from
lower amphibolite to lower greenschist facies to unmetamorphosed. The LH sequence
formed off of northern India as a passive margin beginning before -1.8 Ga and
continuing through the Precambrian. The top of the Lakharpata Group is a major
unconformity that spans most of Paleozoic time. Continuation of this sequence began
41
again in the Permian-Cretaceous with the deposition of the Gondwanas (Sakai, 1989),
and subsequently the Tertiary Bhainskati and Dumri Formations. The descriptions
provided here are mainly derived from western Nepal but can be applied to the equivalent
formations across Nepal. However, across Nepal, thicknesses and compositions change
due to lateral variations.
I divide the Proterozoic LH sequence into two parts (Fig. A3)—upper and lower
LH. The lower LH contains the Kushma and Ranimata Formations as well as the Ulleri
augen gneiss. The upper LH contains the Sangram, Galyang, Syangia, Dumri and
Bhainskati Formations and the Lakharpata Group. This division between the upper and
lower LH makes descriptions of the structural features simpler.
Kushma Fonnation:
The Kushma Formation is a medium- to coarse-grained white to green quartzite
with local muscovite-rich partings. The thickness of the Kushma Formation is known
from its thickness in the Ramgarh thrust sheet, which originated in the distalmost portion
of the passive margin sedimentation. South of the village of Dhuli the thickness is -800
m, and south of Simikot the thickness is -1.5 km. The Kushma Formation is generally
thickly bedded and tabular, with zones of thinly bedded quartzite. Along the Humla
Kamali River, the Kushma Formation contains dioritic intrusions. The quartzite is usually
well cemented, mature, and well sorted, with occasional quartz pebble conglomerate
layers. Heavy mineral lags outline the plane parallel laminations and trough cross beds in
some locations. Other sedimentary structures include hummocky cross stratiHcation and
oscillatory current ripples. Locally, the Kushma Formation is absent, suggesting either
42
that this formation may have filled paleo-valleys or its absence is structurally controlled.
The Kushma Formation was probably deposited in nearshore, inner shelf, and fluvial
environments.
The Kushma Formation is a cliff former (Fig. A4) and holds up the high
mountains to the south of the Main Central thrust. Walls of the Kushma Formation are
white to tan and it weathers tan to gray/brown. Meso-scale structures in this unit are
usually absent, yet, the unit is usually highly strained and recrystallized (Pearson et al.,
2001b; Figs. ASA; A5B). The minerals in this formation are Qtz (quartz) + Ms
(muscovite) ± Gnt (garnet) ± Ky (kyanite). The basal contact is always a thrust and the
upper contact is transitional with the Ranimata Formation. The contact between these two
formations is difficult to pinpoint. Near the top of the Kushma Formation the quartzite
tends to be more greenish in color and interbedded with green phyllite. The
distinguishing features of the Kushma Formation are its cliff-forming tendency, massive
bedding, and white, quartz arenitic composition.
Ranimata Formation:
The Ranimata Formation is composed of green chloritic phyllite and occasional
20-100 m thick intervals of thinly bedded white to green quartzite. Dark green chloritic
zones and quartz augen (Fig. A6) are interspersed throughout the formation. Dioritic
intrusions (Fig. A6), including amphibolites, are present in the Ranimata Formation
across western Nepal. Thin-bedded carbonate units up to ~20m thick are locally present
in the Ranimata Formation. Near Chainpur, a stretched pebble conglomerate crops out.
The interbedded quartzite is tabular and contains ripples, mudcracks, and planar beds.
Figure A4. A typical exposure of the resistant quartzite of the Lesser Himalayan Kushma Formation, southeast of Chainpur.
44
Figure A5. Recrystallized and strained quartzite of the Kushma Formation. Muscovite (Ms) is parallel to foliation; A. finer grained quartzite (Q, quartz) with porphyroblasts of kyanite (Ky); B. coarse-grained quartzite. Field of view for both photomicrographs is ~4.5mm.
Figure A6. Exposure of the Ranimata Formation phyllite with quartz augen along the Seti River, south of the village of Dhuli in contact with the Ranimata intrusives. Rock hammer is -0.3 m long.
46
The thickness of the Ranimata Formation is known from its thickness in the Ramgarh
thrust sheet. The Ranimata Formation is -1.5 km thick north of Dhuii and 2-3 km thick
south of Simikot. The thickness and composition of the Ranimata Formation varies
considerably along strike.
The Ranimata Formation is not as resistant as the Kushma Formation and forms
wide valleys. Population and cultivation centers are concentrated in these valleys. The
basal contact is transitional with the Kushma Formation. The upper contact is everywhere
a fault contact in western Nepal. In central Nepal the upper contact is conformable with
the Fagfog Formation (Sangram equivalent). Meso-scale structures include dissolution
and crenulation cleavage (Fig. ATA) and small folds. The mineralogy of the Ranimata
Formation includes Qtz + Ms + Bi (biotite) + Chi (chlorite) ± Amp (amphobile) ± Gnt ±
St (staurolite) ± Ky (Fig. A7B). The distinguishing features of the Ranimata Formation
are its quartz augen, green chloritic phyllite, dioritic intrusions and its slope-forming
tendency.
Ulleri Augen Gneiss
The Ulleri augen gneiss is a medium-grained, foliated, L-S tectonite in westem
Nepal (Fig. ASA) and has been recognized across Nepal (LeFort, 1975; Pecher and
LeFort, 1977; Stocklin, 1980; Phaplu augen gneiss of Manic and Kizaki, 1983). The
Ulleri gneiss yielded a 1.83 Ga U-Pb zircon age in eastern Nepal (DeCelles et al., 2000).
Because the Ulleri gneiss unequivocally intrudes the Ranimata Formation, this age
provides an upper age boundary for the Ranimata Formation. In far westem Nepal, the
Ulleri augen gneiss is 500 m to 10 km thick with foliations that dip -55° to the north
47
Figure A7. A. CreQulation cleavage of the Ranimata Formation; Ms. muscovite; Bi, biotite; Chi, chlorite; B. Staurolite (St) porphyroblasts in the Ranimata Formation; same abbreviations in A7A and Q, quartz. Field of view for both photomicrographs is -4.5 mm.
48
Ranimata
Figure A8. A. The Ulleri augen gneiss with foliated augen; Field notebook is 10 cm long. B. Exposure of the Ranimata Formation and the more resistant Ulleri augen gniess along the Suni Gad. This contact is a thrust fault in the Talkot thrust complex.
49
(Fig. A8B). The dips in the Ulleri augen gneiss mirror are the same as those of the
Ranimata Formation, suggesting that it is a tabular intrusion. The edges of the Ulleri are
mylonitic but internal zones are only slightly deformed. The Ulleri gneiss forms the high
ridges north of Chainpur including several 5,000 m peaks, and is intruded by the
Ranimata diorite northeast of Chainpur. This diorite has not been found in upper LH
rocks, suggesting that the lower bound on the age is 1.83 Ga, the age of the Ulleri augen
gneiss, and the upper bound is older than the age of the Sangram Formation, which must
be younger than the 1.68 Ga detrital zircons that it contains (DeCelles et al., 2000).
Sangram Formation:
The Sangram Formation has a white, medium-grained basal quartzite, and
includes black argillites, brown phyllite, and thin, white to pink quartzite with occasional
pebble layers. The bedding is tabular with mudstone intercalations. Thickness of the
formation is ~500 m. Sedimentary structures include trough cross beds and ripples. The
basal quartzite in far western Nepal is called the Budar quartzite and is a ridge former.
This quartzite is less indurated than other quartzite in the LH, and as a result has a chalky
appearance. The remaining part of the Sangram Formation is slope-forming. Meso-scale
features include folds and faults in the thinly bedded quartzite layers. The basal contact is
always a fault contact in far western Nepal but in central Nepal is gradational with the
Ranimata equivalent (Kuncha Formation). The upper contact between the villages of
Dadeldhura and Hat is gradational into the Galyang Formation. The distinguishing
features of this unit are the thick basal quartzite and the abundant small-scale folding.
Galyang Formation:
50
The Gaiyang Formation consists of olive green, brown, and gray phyilite and
black slates. The thickness of this unit is between 500 m and 1,000 m. In far western
Nepal, thickly bedded siliceous dolostones called the Baitadi Carbonates are found within
the Gaiyang Formation. These carbonates are ~ 100 m thick with cherty bands that are
distinctly black and white banded (Fig. A9). In the Gaiyang Formation, the phyilite and
slate are thinly bedded and may contain internal folding. No apparent sedimentary
structures are observed.
The Gaiyang Formation lithologies are slope formers and weather rusty brown.
The upper contact is transitional with the Syangia Formation in central Nepal. The
distinguishing features of the Sangram Formation are its predominance of olive green
phyilite and the Baitadi Carbonates. The black slates can be confused with the middle
black slate unit in the Lakharpata Group. The green olive phyilite is difficult to
distinguish from the Ranimata Formation because the Gaiyang Formation can also
contain quartz augen. In order to be confident in western Nepal, one must look for the
Baitadi Carbonates.
Syangia Formation:
The Syangia Formation has many different lithologies in far western Nepal
including green phyilite; fine-grained reddish, purple and green slate; pink, white and
maroon thinly bedded quartzite; and thinly bedded blue and white dolostone and
limestone. The green phyilite looks like the Ranimata Formation without the quartz
augen. Southwest of Chainpur along the Seti River, stretched pebble conglomerate (Fig.
AlOA) and black slate are found in the Syangia Formation. In mid western Nepal, along
Si
B/aet,
iaowte ® .®3«ad, Carh
®^afj Joo
Figure AlO. A. Syangia Formation stretched pebble conglomerate, lens cap is 5 cm wide; B. Kink folding in the Blaini Formation east of Rara Lake in the Mugu district. Field of view is ~2 m.
53
the Karnali River, the Syangia and lower Lakharpata Group are termed the Blaini
Formation (Fuchs, 1973; Frank and Fuchs, 1970; Fuchs and Frank, 1970). The Blaini
contains a graphitic schist, pink and white quartzite, green and gray phyliite, and white
and gray dolostone. The Blaini Formation contains Qtz + Cal (calcite) + Ms + Bi and a
strong crenulation cleavage. The thickness of the Syangia Formation is ~500 m in far
western Nepal. In mid western Nepal, the thickness of the Blaini Formation exceeds I
km. Sedimentary structures include trough cross beds, ripples, parallel laminations,
normal grading, mudcracks and raindrop imprints in the red shale. The depositional
environment was probably shallow marine to marginal marine.
The shale of the Syangia Formation is a slope former, and weathering produces
purple soil. Weathering of the carbonate and quartzite forms resistant white cliffs and
ribs. The Blaini Formation is composed mainly of quartzite and carbonate and is very
resistant. These rocks create narrow canyons along the Kamali River. The Syangia and
Blaini Formations contain meso-scale faults and folds (Fig. AlOB). The upper contact is
transitional with the Lakharpata Group, with purple shale mixed with carbonate, pink and
white quartzite, and black shale ~200 m into the lower Lakharpata Group. This
transitional contact is evident in the Blaini, where the Syangia Formation and lower
Lakharpata Group are so intercalated that a contact cannot be discerned in the field.
Lakharpata Group:
The Lakharpata Group consists of a lower unit of blue-gray limestone, a middle
unit of black shale, limestone and dolostone, and an upper unit of blue carbonate. The
carbonate lithoiogies consist of laminated microcrystalline dolostone, thick white
54
quartzite (maybe up to 100 m), and fine-grained phyllite with occasional limestone beds.
The middle unit is usually a black slate with thin calcareous beds, some gray slate and
black micritic carbonates. The thickness of the Lakharpata Group is unknown because it
is usually macroscopically and mesoscopically deformed (Fig. A11). An estimate of its
thickness is ~3 km determined from cross section exposures. The carbonates have ripples,
chert nodules, stromatolites, and internal brecciation. The chert nodules are white, black,
red, green, and gray and occur mostly in the upper Lakharpata Group.
The Lakharpata carbonates weather tan, gray and brown and are cliff-formers that
are prone to landslides. The blue and white Lakharpata Group carbonates can be
distinguished from the Baitadi carbonates because they do not have the black and white
banding common in the Baitadi carbonates. The deposition environment of the carbonates
is probably shallow marine. The middle shale unit is usually slope-forming but can form
cliffs if oriented vertically, and is transitional within the Lakharpata Group. The upper
contact is a major unconformity with the overlying Gondwanan and/or Tertiary units.
This contact is well exposed to the west of Surkhet (DeCelles et al., 1998b)
Gondwana Unit:
In central Nepal, an interval of quartzose sandstone, black shale, coal, lignite, and
quartz pebble conglomerate separated from the Lakharpata Group by an unconformity is
the Gondwana Unit of Permian-Paleocene age (Sakai, 1983; 1985; 1989). The lower part
of the Gondwanas is the Sisne unit and is Permo-Carboniferous in age. The upper part
contains the Taltung and Amile units which are Early Cretaceous to Eocene in age. In
mid western and far western Nepal, this unit is generally very thin or absent.
Figure A11. A. Deformation in the Lakharpata Group carbonates along the Kali Gad. Water bottle is ~20 cm long.
56
Bhainskati Formation:
The Bhainskati Formation is middle to Late Eocene in age and marks the
beginning of erosion of the Himalayan fold-thrust belt. The Bhainskati Formation in far
western Nepal is a black mudstone, an organic rich black shale with calcite veins, and
black sandstone and siltstone. The thickness is -100 m, although chevron folding renders
determining thickness difficult. The mudstones are rhythmically bedded with an
alternating light-dark weathering pattern and are more resistant than the shale. The lower
contact is conformable with the Amile quartzite in other parts of Nepal (Upreti, 1999).
The upper contact is an unconformity with the Dumri Formation.
Dumri Formation:
The Dumri Formation in western Nepal is Early Miocene in age (Najman et
al.,1997; DeCelles et al., 1998b) and has lithologies which include medium- to fine
grained maroon, brown, gray, and green, micaceous, quartzolithic sandstone, red and
green mottled siltstone, and pebble-cobble conglomerate. The quartzite and sandstone are
distinctive from other formations because of their greater lithic content and abundant
detrital muscovite, giving the Dumri Formation a salt-and-pepper appearance in hand
sample. The lower part of the Dumri Formation is often a thick greenish quartzite. The
overall thickness is 500-1200 m (DeCelles et al., 1998b). Sandstones are lenticular with
trough cross beds. Siltstones have ripples and plane parallel laminations, and are
sometimes bioturbated. The depositional environment was fluvial (DeCelles et al.,
1998b). The sandstone and quartzite are resistant and weather red, green, and brown. A
thick Oxisol often delineates the lower contact with the Bhainskati Formation, which
57
contains pisolites of kaolinite and Fe-oxide. The Oxisol may mark the passage of the
forebulge in the orogenic wedge as deformation propagated southward (DeCelles et al.,
1998b). The upper contact of the Dumri Formation is sometimes a fault contact. In far
western Nepal, north of Chainpur, the Dumri Formation contains a thick pebble-cobble
conglomerate with variegated quartzite clasts (Fig. A12) and rosy quartz grains in the
sandstone matrix. This is the first documented occurrence of this conglomeratic lithology
in the Dumri Formation in Nepal.
Greater Himalaya
North of the Main Central thrust
In western Nepal, the GH can be subdivided into three informal units that were
first recognized in central Nepal (LeFort, 1975; LeFort, 1994; Vannay and Hodges,
1996). Formation I is the lowest unit and contains kyanite-gamet bearing pelitic gneiss
and migmatite (Fig. A13), and abundant metaquartzite. These rocks are middle- to upper-
amphibolite facies and contain poikiloblastic garnet, bladed kyanite, lineated micas and
recrystallized quartz. The minerals present are Qtz + Bi -(- Ms -f- PI (plagioclase feldspar)
+ Gnt ± Ky .t corderite ± epidote ± zircon (Figs. A14A; AI4B). The metaquartzite
contains Qtz + Ms + Bi ± PI. The dominant rock types in Formation II are diopside-
gamet-amphibole-bearing calcsilicate gneisses and marbles (Fig. A15A) which are
metamorphosed to middle- to upper- amphibolite facies. The nunerals present in the
calcsilicate gneiss are Qtz -i- Cal + K (Potassium feldspar) PI + Hbl (hornblende) + Cpx
(pyroxene) ± sphene. This unit weathers in alternating prominent and recessive bands
Figure A12. Synorogenic conglomerate of the Dumri Formation along the Bauli Gad, north of Chainpur. Rock hammer is ~0.2 m long.
Figure A13. Banding in Formation I of the GH. Rock hammer is 0.3 m long.
60
Figure A14. Formation I of the GH rocks. A. Large kyanite (Ky) crystal surrounded by biotite (Bi), muscovite (Ms) and quartz (Q). B. Garnet porphyroblasts surrounded by biotite (Bi), muscovite (Ms), quartz (Q) and plagioclase feldspar (PI). Field of view for both photomicrographs is ~4.5 mm.
61
Figure A15. A. Formation II of the GH rocks; composed of calcite (Cal), hornblende (Hbl), and quartz (Q). Field of view is ~4.5 mm. B. Formation HI of the GH rocks; schistosity is indicated by the biotite (Bi) and muscovite (Ms) bands. Field is view is ~9 mm.
62
because the silicates are more resistant than calcite. Formation III contains mainly augen
orthogneiss with a penetrative schistosity marked by biotite and muscovite. The minerals
present are Qtz + Bi + Ms + Pl + K + Gnt ± zircon ± apatite. The orthogneiss contains
porphyroblastic rotated feldspars (Fig. A15B). Similar orthogneisses yield Cambrian-
Ordovician ages in other parts of the Himalaya (e.g. Frank et al., 1977; Ferrara et al.,
1983; LeFort et al., 1983; 1986; Pognante et al., 1990). Additionally, GH rocks
experienced a regional metamorphism in Cambrian-Ordovician lime associated with the
intrusion of the Cambrian-Ordovician granites along the margin of Gondwana
(Manickavasagan et al., 1999; DeCelles et al., 2000; Marquer et al., 2000)
Klippe Greater Himalaya rock
The crystalline klippe in the Himalaya (see Plate 1 in pocket) overlie LH rocks
and are schists, granitic gneisses and granites (Auden, 1937; Heim and Gansser, 1939;
Gansser, 1964). The crystalline klippe are regarded as erosional outliers of GH rock
(Gansser, 1964; Stocklin, 1980; Schelling, 1992) but the correlation between rock in the
GH and rock in the crystalline klippe is not direct (Upreti and LeFort, 1999). In western
Nepal, rocks of the Dadeldhura crystalline klippe are schist, gneiss, calcsilicate,
orthogneiss, and granite (Gansser, 1964; Fuchs, 1981; Arita et al., 1984; Bashyal, 1986;
Upreti, 1990). The Kalikot Schist is fine- to coarse-grained schist containing Qtz + Bi +
Ms + Pl + K-(-G±Ky±tourmaline±zircon (Fig. A16). The Budhigangagneiss is a
coarse-grained porphyroblastic augen gneiss containing Qtz + Bi + Ms + PI + K ± G ±
apatite. The Salyanigad gneiss is a mylonitic augen gneiss that associated with the
Dadeldhura granite. The minerals in the Salyanigad gneiss are Qtz + K + PI + Ms + Bi ±
Figure A16. Kalikot Schist of the Dadeldhura klippe; biotite (Bi) and muscovite (Ms) surrounding garnet plus plagioclase (PI) and quartz (Q). Field of view is ~9 mm.
64
Gnt. The Dadeldhura granite contains Qtz + K + PI + Ms + Bi ± tourmaline ± cordierite
with a concordant U-Pb zircon age of 492 ± 6 Ma (DeCelles et al., 1998a) and 470 ± 5.6
Ma (Einfalt et al., 1993). Other klippen in Nepal also contain Cambrian-Ordovician
granites (Palung granite, Scharer and Allegre, 1983; Palung granite, LeFort et al., 1983).
These Cambrian-Ordovician granites may be correlative with Formation III orthogneiss
in the GH rock. In the Dadeldhura klippe, calc-silicate rocks similar to GH calcsilicate
rocks crop out. The minerals in this calcsilicate are Qtz + Cal + PI + K + Hbl ±
tourmaline ± epidote.
The high-grade metamorphic rock in the core of the Dadeldhura klippe along the
Kamali river is sometimes termed the Kamali klippe (Kizaki, 1994; Arita et al., 1984;
Upreti and LeFort, 1999). It is undetermined whether this high-grade rock should be
separated from the rock in the Dadeldhura klippe. In the eastern Dadeldhura klippe (or
Kamali klippe), south of Kolti, quartz-mica schist crops out for -20 km and it is similar
to GH rocks north of the Main Central thrust along the Humla Kamali River. The
metaquartzite in the klippe contains Qtz + Ms + Bi ± PI ± Gnt. North of the western
Dadeldhura klippe, near the village of Hat, another crystalline klippe called the Bajhang
klippe has been proposed (Bashyal, 1986; Amatya and Jnawali, 1996; Upreti and LeFort,
1999). This klippe does not exist. The rock that crops out in this area is the Kushma and
Ranimata Formations and the Ulleri augen gneiss of the LH sequence (see Plate 1 in
pocket).
65
Tethvan sequence (Tibetan Himalaya)
The TH composes the northernmost part of the Himalayan fold-thrust belt
between the Indus suture and the topographic crest of the Himalaya. The Tethyan
sequence consists of the rocks of the TH that were deposited as a passive margin north of
India over the Lesser Himalayan sequence and Greater Himalayan terrane. In western
Nepal, TH rock crops out north of the village of Dhuli and to the west of the village of
Simikot in Tibet. Rocks associated with the TH also crop out in the synclinal axis of the
Dadeldhura klippe.
North of the South Tibetan detachment system
At the confluence of the Liyangwan and Seti Rivers, a ~ 2 km thick zone of
impure marble and calcsilicates forms the basal unit of the TH. This unit may correspond
to the Sanctuary, Annapuma and Nilgiri Formations of central Nepal. In central Nepal,
these units have a thickness of 3-4 km and are highly deformed impure limestone and
calcschist of probable Cambrian to Ordovician age (Colchen et al., 1986). The
calcsilicates contain quartz augen, epidote, and diopside in hand sample. These impure
calcsilicates and marble contain Cal + Qtz + Bi + Ms + clinozoisite + epidote + Amph ±
K ± PI (Fig. A17). Tabular granitic leucosomes and cross-cutting leucosomes intrude the
marble and calcsilicates.
North of the marble and calcsilicate, gamet-mica schist is banded with leucocratic
granite for ~1 km. The schist contains Qtz + Bi + Ms ± tourmaline. Northward, the
gamet-mica schist is interbedded with pink and green coarse-grained quartzite with
micaceous layers, calcsilicate, and phyllitic beds. The transition to metaquartzite, meta-
66
Figure A17. Tibetan Himalayan calcsilicate includes clinozoesite (clino), epidote (epi), muscovite (Ms), plagioclase (PI), quartz (Q). Field of view is -2.2 mm
67
carbonate, and phyllite may be the Silurian to Cretaceous terrigenous and calcareous
sediments of the upper part of the TH (Colchen et al., 1986).
Klippe Tethyan rock
Two sedimentary units of the Phulchauki Group rest unconformably on top of the
gneiss and schist of the Dadeldhura klippe. The Phulchauki Group was first defined in
central Nepal as a 2.5 to 3.5 km thick sequence of lower Paleozoic, fossiliferous rocks
probably related to the TH. (Stocklin, 1980). In western Nepal, the Phulchauki Group
consists of the Melmura Formation and the Damgad Quartzite (Shrestha et al., 1987a).
The Melmura Formation includes thinly bedded brown phyllite, brown and white
intercalated quartzite, and graphitic shale with a thickness of >1 km. This formation is a
slope former and weathers brown. The upper contact is transitional with the Damgad
Quartzite, which is 200-300 m thick and is composed of gray fine- to medium-grained
quartzite with heavy mineral layers, and occasional brownish phyllite. The rock contains
many fractures so it weathers splintery but is moderately resistant. The quartzite contains
abundant trough cross beds. East of the Kamali River, Tethyan rock crops out in the
southeastern part of the Dadeldhura klippe (Kamali klippe) (Fuchs and Frank, 1970;
Frank and Fuchs, 1970). This rock is conformable with the underlying kyanite-gamet-
mica gneiss in the klippe (Hayashi et al., 1994).
Geologic Map and Structural Geology
On the geologic map (Plate I in pocket), the shading is dark and the lines solid
where I have traversed. Contacts are extended using satellite photographs and existing
68
maps (Fuchs, 1973; Shrestha et al., 1987a; Shrestha et al., 1987b) with dashed lines and
lighter shades in areas where I was not able to make direct observations. As seen on the
regional map (in pocket), the Himalayan fold-thrust belt contains six major structural
features (Fig. 18). These features are from south to north: the Subhimalayan thrust
system, the Lesser Himalayan imbricated zone including the Main Boundary thrust, the
crystalline klippen and Ramgarh thrust sheet, the Lesser Himalayan duplex, the Main
Central thrust, and the South Tibetan detachment system. Northward of the Ramgarh
thrust sheet is the Main Central thrust and South Tibetan detachment system. The
following sections describe these structural features in more detail.
Subhimalayan thrust system and Main Frontal thrust
The SH thrust system (SHTS; Fig. A18) is composed entirely of the Siwalik
Group and contains several south-verging thrust sheets (Schelling and Arita., 1991;
Mugnier et al., 1993; DeCelles et al., 1998b). In western Nepal, the SH thrust system
contains two to four thrust sheets. The southernmost thrust sheet carries a complete
sequence of lower to upper members of the Siwalik Group and is bounded by the Main
Frontal thrust. The next thrust northward is termed the Main Dun thrust, which carries a
complete sequence of lower to upper members of the Siwalik Group (Mugnier et al.,
1999). The other thrust sheets are not named. Dips in the Siwalik Group from the Kamali
River, south of Surkhet are from Mugnier et al. (1999). The northward dips range from
30° to 60° except in Khutia Khola where the southernmost thrust forms a fault-bend
69
Geologic Map of Western Nepal
Scale 1:250,000 82* OCT, TH
TH
V LCHQ . i J
TH
ULHD
ftt' TT Complej
JULHl
I ULHD
ULHD ULHD
ULHD
ULHD
TH
Dadeidhura Klippe
TH
LHlZ
MFTi SHTS
SHTS
, VRT
jr SHT? 80*3
81*001 8r 30-i
C
Figure A18. Structural line map of western Nepal showing major faults. Abbreviations are the same as Figure A1 and also include; RT, Ramgarh thrust; TT Complex, Talkot thrust complex; ULHD, upper Lesser Himalayan duplex; LLHD, lower Lesser Himalayan duplex; LHIZ, Lesser Himalayan imbricate zone; SHTS, Subhimalayan thrust system.
70
anticline and contains south dips on the southern limb of the anticline (DeCelies et al.,
1998a). Minor structures in the SH include normal faults and small folds.
Lesser Himalayan imbricate zone and Main Boundary thrust
North of the Main Boundary thrust is a zone of upper LH rock that is cut by
multiple faults (LHIZ, Fig. A18). These rocks may have been originally imbricated and
then cut by late normal and thrust faults. All LH lithologies except for the Galyang
Formation crop out in this imbricated zone. The rock is usually intensely deformed
through this zone with widely yariable but mostly northward dips. The boundary with the
Ramgarh thrust sheet is marked by a normal fault in the far western region which drops
the Ramgarh thrust down from above. However, north of Surkhet, in the mid western
region, the boundary with the Ramgarh sheet is a thrust fault.
Crystalline Klippe and Ramgarh thrust sheet
The southern crystalline klippe includes the Dadeldhura thrust sheet (DT, Fig.
A18) and possibly the Kamali thrust sheet. The Dadeldhura klippe is the eastward
continuation of Almora klippe of Kumaon (Gansser, 1964; Fuchs, 1981; Valdiya, 1981;
Arita et al., 1984; Srivastava and Mitra, 1994). Along the Kamali River, the high-grade
central core of the Dadeldhura klippe is sometimes termed the Kamali klippe (Kizaki,
1994; Arita et al., 1984; Upreti and LeFort, 1999) and is thought to be a direct
continuation from the high-grade rocks of the Main Central thmst sheet. It is possible that
two thrust sheets exist along the Kamali River.
71
The Ramgarh thrust sheet (RT, Fig. A18) is folded passively several times before
it is folded into a large synform that conformably underlies the Dadeldhura klippe. These
exposures are the southernmost outcrops of the Ranimata and Kushma Formations in the
Ramgarh thrust sheet. The Ramgarh thrust places lower LH rock (Kushma quartzite and
Ranimata phyllite) over upper LH rock for a north-south distance of ~ 125 km. South of
the crystalline klippe, the Kushma Formation only crops out along the Seti River and
north of Surkhet. Directly north of the Dadeldhura klippe, the Kushma quartzite is never
exposed. The Ramgarh thrust sheet was first recognized in Garhwal, India (Valdiya,
1980; Srivastava and Mitra, 1994) and confirmed to exist in far western Nepal (DeCelles
et al., 1998b; 2001a) and mid-western Nepal (this paper). The Ramgarh thrust sheet has
now been recognized to extend across central Nepal and into far eastern Nepal (DeCelles
et al., 2001a; Pearson et al., 2001b; Robinson et al., 2001a). The Ramgarh thrust is only
1.5 to 2 km thick, remarkably thin for a far-traveled thrust sheet. The Ramgarh sheet is
rooted into the subsurface just south of the Main Central thrust.
Lesser Himalayan duplex (LHD)
South of the Main Central thrust, an antiformal duplex composed of LH rocks is
present (Dhital and Kizaki, 1987; Schelling, 1992; Srivastiva and Mitra, 1994; Johnson,
1994; DeCelles et al., 1998b; 2001a; Robinson et al., 2001a). In western Nepal, the LHD
has two parts—thrust sheets composed of upper LH rock (ULHD, Fig. A18; Sangram,
Galyang, Syangia, Bhainskati, and Dumri Formations and the Lakharpata Group) and
thrust sheets composed of lower LH rock (LLHD, Fig. A18; Kushma and Ranimata
72
Formations and Ulleri augen gneiss). In the LHD, the upper LH composes 4-5 thrust
sheets (or horses) some of which are buried under the north limb of the crystalline klippe
and some of which crop out north of the klippe. The regional map shows upper LH rock
in erosional windows through the Ramgarh thrust sheet. Some of the thrust sheets are
hinterland dipping while some are stacked in an antiformal geometry. The upper LH rock
is cut by late normal faults and break-through thrusts.
The lower LH thrust sheets compose the northern limb of the LHD and are
hinterland dipping at 45° to 60°. Topographically, these thrust sheets are expressed as a
major change in elevation from 1 km to 5 km. The Ramgarh thrust sheet is the roof thrust
of the LHD. The thrust sheets feed slip from the floor thrust, the Main Himalayan thrust,
into the roof thrust as they are emplaced. The southernmost lower LH thrust sheet in the
LHD is the Talkot thrust complex (TT, DeCelles et al., 2001a), which carries only the
Ranimata Formation and Ulleri augen gneiss (Fig. AlO). The Talkot thrust complex is
present from the Humla Kamali River westward to the Seti River around Chainpur and
the village of Talkot. In the Api section, along the Chamliya River, the Talkot thrust
complex is not present. North of the Talkot thrust in the Chainpur region are two thrust
sheets of Kushma Formation. In the mid-westem region, along the southern Humla
Kamali River are three thrust sheets of Ranimata Formation. These variations are typical
of different thrust behaviors along strike in a duplex (Boyer and Elliott, 1982; Diegel,
1986; Mitra and Boyer, 1986). The root zone termination of the Ramgarh thrust sheet is
in the direct footwall of the Main Central thrust where the Ramgarh thrust sheet dips
northward from 55° to 75°. This thrust sheet is nicely exposed along the Chamliya River
73
south of the village of Kandeshwari (Fig. A19A), along the Seti River south of the village
of Dhuli (Fig. A19B). and along the Humla Kamali River near the village of Rip.
Main Central thrust and Greater Himalaya
The GH rocks are separated from LH rocks by the Main Central thrust (MCT,
Figs. A18; A20A). The Main Central thrust is topographically expressed by higher peaks
and more resistant outcrop in the GH. In western Nepal, the transition from lower grade
greenschist and lower amphibolite facies LH rocks to higher-grade upper amphibolite GH
rocks is confined to a zone <5(X) m thick, which is highly strained (Fig. A20B). Dips in
the GH are northward from 30° to 60° near the Main Central thrust. Because the
foliations and bedding in the underlying LH rocks are essentially parallel to foliations in
the hanging wall of the Main Central thrust, the Main Central thrust must juxtapose a
hanging wall flat on a footwall flat (Robinson et al., 2001b). This relationship is
displayed at the exposed level of the Main Central thrust. This relationship is also seen in
the crystalline klippe. Fabrics in the Dadeldhura thrust sheet are parallel to the underlying
Ramgarh thrust sheet. The steep dip of the fault today must have occurred post-
emplacement of the Main Central thrust sheet. Additionally, numerous kinematic
indicators in GH rock of western Nepal, especially feldspars in the GH paragneiss, show
a top to the south rotation (Fig. A21).
74
Kusfama
Lakharpata
Kushma
Ranimata
Figure A19. The Ramgarh thrust; A. Along the Chamliya River south of Kandeshwari, the thrust places the Kushma Formation over the Lakharpata Group; B. Imbricate along the Seti River south of Dhuli placing Kushma quartzite over the Ranimata Formation.
75
H
Ranimata
Kushma
Figure A20. A. The Ramgarh thrust sheet and the Main Central thrust along the Ghat Gad. The lower cliff is composed of Kushma quartzite. The recessive rock above the quartzite is the Ranimata Formation. The Main Central thrust separates the Ranimata Formation from the resistant GH rock; B. Photomicrograph of a highly strained rock in the MCT 'zone'; biotite (Bi); muscovite (Ms); and quartz (Q) is recognizeable. Field of view is ~4.5 mm.
Figure A21. Rotation of a feldspar auge in Formation I of the GH. The auge shows top-to-the-south sense of shear. Pen is ~8 cm long.
77
South Tibetan Detachment System and the Tibetan Himalaya
In western Nepal, north of the village of Dhuli, the Seti River cuts through the
South Tibetan detachment system and the TH (STDS, Fig. A18). The detachment is
located below calc-silicates at the confluence of the Seti and Liyangwan Rivers. The
detachment is a sharp boundary dipping 35° to 40° northward with paragneiss in the
footwall and massive diopside- and epidote-bearing marble in the hanging wall with cross
cutting leucosome dikes. The hanging wall is riddled with high angle brittle normal faults
with < 0.5 m of offset. Rotated clasts show a top to the north sense of shear. The 7 km
peaks of Api and Saipal are capped by Tethyan sediments (Upreti, 1999).
Balanced Regional Structural Cross Sections
Three balanced cross sections were constructed along approximately north-south
lines (Plate 1 in pocket). Although other solutions exist, these cross sections portray the
simplest explanation for the field data. The Api section is located in far western Nepal,
near the Indian border. The Chainpur section is constructed roughly along the Seti River.
The Simikot section is constructed along the Kamali River in mid western Nepal. The
cross-sections are line-length balanced, admissible, and viable (Boyer and Elliott, 1982).
The thickness of the Siwalik Group is interpreted from the regional map. The thickness of
the LH units under the Siwalik Group is projected from the Ujahni well. Although the
well is -130 km southwest of the Nepal/India border, it provides the only constraint on
subsurface thickness outside of the fold-thrust belt to the north. From the thickness in the
Ujahni well (Sastri et al., 1971), a 2.3° dip was used to obtain the thickness under the
78
beginning of the cross sections in Nepal (Lave and Avouac, 2(XX)). The southernmost
outcrop of LH rocks in the fold-thrust belt has been transported southward 60 km in the
Api and Chainpur sections and up to 90 km in the Simikot section. Thus, these outcrops
do not accurately represent the thickness of the LH rocks under the Siwalik Group. These
outcrops do constrain the thickness of LH rocks under the crystalline klippe and
northward in the LHD.
The 2.3° dip was maintained until the Main Boundary thrust, where a 4° dip was
applied. Ni and Barazangi (1994) estimated that the dip of the Main Himalayan thrust, the
basal decollement, is 3°-5° under the LH. Pandey et al. (1999) estimated the dip at 4° ±
2° under the LH. I chose to use a 4° dip because this angle would assure that the LH
rocks were at a depth of 25 km under the Main Central thrust. This is essential to obtain
the necessary peak 8-10 kbar pressures and 600°-800° temperatures (see reviews in
Macfarlane, 1999; Vannay and Grassman, 2001) and metamorphism seen in LH rocks.
The Main Frontal thrust. Main Boundary thrust, Ramgarh thrust, and Main Central thrust
all sole into the Main Himalayan thrust, the common decollement. Results from the
INDEPTH project suggest that the Main Himalayan thrust dips about 7° to the north at
-20 km depth under the crest of the Himalayan peaks and reaches 40 km depth -70 km
south of the Indus suture (Zhao et al., 1993). The following sections breakdown the major
structural features described in the previous section and the minor faults in each of the
cross sections.
79
Api Cross Section (A-A')
The location for this cross section was detemiined by data collected along the
Dadeldhura Road and along the Chamliya River. DeCelles et al. (1998b) balanced a cross
section through this region, which included field observations from north of the
Dadeldhura klippe in between the villages of Baitadi and Dadeldhura southward. To the
north, the cross section relied on data from the existing map from far western Nepal
(Shrestha et al., 1987a). Since then, I have collected field data from the northern part of
the cross section line. These new data yield a different and more accurate cross section
(Plate 2 in pocket).
The dips in the SH are constrained by observations made in Khutia Khola
(DeCelles et al., 1998a). The three thrust sheets in the SH thrust system are composed of
Siwalik Group. The LH imbricate zone contains only the Sangram and Syangia
Formations and the width of the zone is ~5 km. In this zone, the Sangram and Syangia
Formations contain meso-scale folds and faults. The thickness of these formations is ~ I
km, necessitating a shallow northward dip of -20°.
Northward, the Ramgarh thrust sheet is ~8 km wide along the Dadeldhura Road.
The Ramgarh sheet contains the Ranimata Formation which is only -2 km thick,
requiring this exposure to be folded. The Ramgarh sheet is generally northward dipping
on the south side of the Dadeldhura crystalline klippe and southward dipping on the north
side of the klippe.
The Dadeldhura thrust sheet contains crystalline rock with a width of ~30 km. In
the Dadeldhura klippe, the contact between the Tethyan sedimentary rocks and the GH
80
rock is not a fault, which suggests that these sedimentary rocks were deposited on top of
the GH.
Field mapping north of the crystalline klippe toward the village of Hat shows that
the Ramgarh thrust sheet covers many of the thrust sheets in the LHD along this line of
cross section. Five thrust sheets of upper LH rock crop out in windows through the
Ramgarh thrust sheet for -45 km across strike. Directly north of the crystalline klippe,
the Dumri Formation has been placed by a break-through thrust next to the Ranimata
Formation of the Ramgarh thrust sheet. A normal fault places the Syangia Formation in
the second thrust sheet over the Sangram Formation in the first thrust sheet. The third
thrust sheet is mostly covered by the overlying Ramgarh thrust sheet. The fourth thrust
sheet is cut by a break-through thrust that places the Galyang Formation over the
Lakharpata Group. The fifth thrust sheet is expressed as an anticline of Lakharpata Group
at the surface.
Northward of the upper LH thrust sheets, the LHD contains two lower LH thrust
sheets. The southern lower LH thrust is the Ramgarh thrust sheet, which is well exposed
in this area (Fig. A19A). It is ~3 km thick and contains the Kushma and Ranimata
Formations. The northern lower LH thrust is an imbricate of the Ramgarh thrust sheet, as
required by the restoration. North of the village of Kandeshwari, the region is restricted
by the government of Nepal. The presence of the Ramgarh imbricate sheet is
hypothesized based on clasts in the streams coming out of the restricted area, satellite
photos, and space to fill on the map and in the cross sections. Based on these
observations, this imbricate of the Ramgarh thrust sheet is also ~3 km thick. In this cross
81
section, the LHD is a simple hinterland dipping duplex similar to the structure in northern
India (Srivastava and Mitra, 1994).
The Main Central thrust, GH, South Tibetan detachment system, and TH are also
located in the restricted area. The positions of these features are constrained by satellite
photos and an earlier geologic map of Nepal (Shrestha et al., 1987a). GH clasts are
present in small streams indicating its presence not far northward. Heim and Gansser
(1939) state that the Main Central thrust trends just north of the village of Darchula, near
the Indian border.
Chainpur Cross Section (B-B')
The Chainpur cross section (Plate 2 in pocket) begins at the headwaters of the Seti
River, runs southward through the village of Chainpur, and into the Gangetic plain near
81° E longitude. DeCelles et al. (2001a) balanced a preliminary cross section through this
area. The state of understanding and knowledge has increased dramatically along this
cross section since then, necessitating a new cross section.
SH dips are from Mugnier et al. (1999) and field mapping. The SH thrust system
has two thrust sheets, the Main Frontal thrust and the Main Dun thrust. The upper LH
imbricate zone contains several thrust imbricates that are cut up by late faults. These
relationships are necessitated by the juxtaposition of the different formations at the
surface. For example, north of the Main Boundary thrust, the Dumri Formation over the
Lakharpata Group necessitates a normal fault. The next fault is a break-through thrust
that places Lakharpata Group over the Dumri Formation.
82
The Ramgarh thrust sheet crops out for approximately 16 km north of the upper
LH rock. Because the basal Kushma Formation does not crop out in the southernmost
exposure of the Ramgarh thrust sheet, it requires that the Ramgarh thrust sheet has been
normal faulted downward leaving the Ranimata Formation at the erosional surface. The
Kushma Formation and underlying LH imbricate zone was dropped down into the
subsurface. The Kushma Formation is brought back up to the surface by a late break
through thrust. A small fault-propagation fold exists in the subsurface. The dips of rock in
the Ramgarh sheet are generally shallow and foliations dip northward. The Ranimata
Formation on the north side of the crystalline klippe generally dips to the south but
contains an anticline causing some of the foliations to dip northward. The Ramgarh thrust
is cut by a break-through thrust just north of the Dadeldhura klippe. In this cross-section,
the Ramgarh thrust is on top of the Dumri Formation. This relationship is important to the
kinematic history of the thrust belt.
The Dadeldhura thnist sheet carries the crystalline rock of possible GH affinity
and is the southernmost extension of the GH. Mapping through the Dadeldhura thrust
sheet north of the village of Dipayal reveals that the structure is not a simple synform but
contains anticlines and synclines. These folds probably reilect structures induced by the
underlying LH thrust sheets.
The portion of the LHD that contains upper LH rocks has five thrust sheets, two
of which underlie the northern limb of the Dadeldhura klippe and have a simple
hinterland dipping relationship. The other three thrust sheets form an antiformal stack,
which results when displacement on the thrust sheets approximately equals the spacing of
83
the thrust sheets (Mitra and Boyer, 1986). The first of these antiformal thrust sheets is cut
by the same break-through thrust that cuts the Ramgarh sheet previously mentioned.
Northward, a late normal fault places the Ranimata Formation from above down next to
the Syangia Formation in the thrust sheet to the south. In the second antiformal thrust
sheet, a fault propagation fold is in the subsurface doubling the thickness of the Galyang
Formation. On the north side of the second antiformal thrust sheet, a normal fault drops
the upper LH rocks into the subsurface. In the third antiformal thrust sheet the
Lakharparta Group has been previously removed by thrust motion by the overriding
Dadeldhura thrust sheet The third antiformal thrust sheet crops out in a window through
the overlying lower LH thrust sheet near Chainpur, allowing an antiform built of the
Syangia and Galyang Formations to crop out. This thrust sheet does not contain Sangram
Formation. Two options can explain why the Sangram Formation is missing. The first is
that the Sangram Formation simply pinches out depositionally toward the hinterland. The
second is that the Galyang and Syangia Formations were separated from the Sangram
Formation by a thrust. This thrust moved the Galyang and Syangia Formations over the
Dumri and Bhainskati Formations. I chose the second option because there is no evidence
in any of the three cross sections to suggest that the Sangram Formation pinches out
toward the hinterland.
Northward, the LHD has thrust sheets composed of lower LH rock. North of
Chainpur, the Ranimata Formation crops out for over 6 km, and the Ulleri augen gneiss
crops out for 1.5 km. The true thickness of the Ranimata Formation in this line of section
is only -1.5 km as evidenced in the root zone of the Ramgarh thrust sheet. In order to
84
account for such a large surface exposure of the green phyllite that is consistently
northward dipping, the formation must be repeating through faulting. This cross section
contains three Ranimata thrust sheets and one with Ulleri augen gneiss, and is termed the
Talkot thrust complex. North of the Ranimata Formation is a ~5 km width of the Kushma
Formation. This quartzite is only -1-1.5 km thick in the northernmost thrust sheet of the
LHD. Thus, the quartzite must also be repeated by thrusting, resulting in two thrust sheets
of Kushma quartzite. The third thrust sheet of the Kushma Formation is a part of another
thrust sheet with the overlying Ranimata Formation, and is the "root zone" of the
Ramgarh thrust sheet. The Ranimata and Kushma thrust sheet directly under the Main
Central thrust is an imbricate of the Ramgarh thrust sheet that was imbricated after
emplacement of the overlying Greater Himalayan rock (see restoration, Plate 2).
The Main Central thrust and GH rocks are north of the village of Dhuli. The dips
are northward at 45°-60° with top-to-the-south sense of shear (Fig. A21). In this cross
section, all three formations of the GH are exposed. North of the GH is the South Tibetan
detachment system and the TH. The dips are shallower (35°-55° N), and the rock has a
top-to-the-north sense of shear.
Simikot Cross Section (C-C)
The location for this cross-section was determined by the course of the Kamali
River (Plate 2 in pocket). Trails in this part of Nepal are extremely rugged and the best
route follows trails near the river that are used for transportation of food and fuel into the
region. The structural data in the SH south of the town of Surkhet are from Mugnier et al.
85
(1999), which shows four thrust sheets in the SH thrust system. The first two are the
Main Frontal thrust and the Main Dun thrust. The other two were mapped but not named
(Mugnier et al., 1999). The LH imbricate zone crops out over a 5 km width and contains
the Lakharpata Group and Dumri and Bhainskati Formations. The Dumri and Bhainskati
Formations are imbricated as indicated by the doubling of the section.
The Ramgarh thrust sheet is thick in this cross section and contains the Kushma
and Ranimata Formations and the Ulleri augen gneiss. South of the Dadeldhura klippe,
along the Dailekh Road, the Ramgarh sheet is 5 km thick and folded into an
anticline/syncline pair, which crops out along a distance of 34 km southward. North of
the Dadeldhura klippe, the Ramgarh sheet emerges south of the village of Kolti.
The Dadeldhura thrust sheet might contain a separate thrust sheet along the
Kamali River termed the Kamali klippe, which may carry rock of probable GH affinity
(Upreti and LeFort, 1999). In the southern part, the dips are northward at -45°. In the
northern part of the synform, the crystalline klippe contains anticlines and synclines,
which probably result from the emplacement of thrust sheets in the LHD.
The part of the LHD composed of upper LH rocks contains four thrust sheets.
The southernmost two thrust sheets are under the northern limb of the Dadeldhura klippe
and are hinterland dipping. The northernmost two thrust sheets are antiformal. The third
thrust sheet is completely covered by the fourth thrust sheet. North of the Ramgarh thrust
sheet the Lakharpata Group forms an anticline/syncline pair. The overlying Kushma and
Ranimata Formations are exposed in the syncline. The northern limb of this syncline is
cut by a break-through thrust that brings the Blaini Formation from the fourth thrust sheet
86
to the surface. The Blaini Formation is deformed into an anticline, and its axis runs
WNW near the village of Rugin. The Lakharpata Group overlying the Blaini Formation
was removed prior to motion in the LHD by motion on the overlying Dadeldhura/Kamali
thrust sheet(s).
In the northern part of the LHD, five thrust sheets carry lower LH rock. The
southernmost three thrust sheets are composed solely of the Ranimata Formation and are
each ~3 km thick. These thrust sheets dip consistently northward at -55° and is
analogous to the Talkot thrust complex in the Chainpur cross section. North of these
Ranimata thrust sheets, two thrust sheets carry a normal sequence of Kushma and
Ranimata Formations. These two thrust panels are each ~5 km thick and dip northward at
60°. It is not clear which thrust sheet is the Ramgarh thrust sheet. In the other two cross
sections, the designation of the far-traveled thrust sheet is necessitated by the restoration.
In this cross section, the Ramgarh thrust sheet could be either of the two. I could interpret
the northernmost thrust sheet as an imbricate as in the Chainpur and Api cross sections.
Instead, I chose to interpret the northernmost thrust sheet as the Ramgarh thrust sheet
because of the lithology differences north of the Dadeldhura klippe along the Kamali
River. The Ramgarh thrust sheet north of the klippe is composed mostly of Ranimata
Formation along with some Kushma quartzite interbeds and Ulleri augen gneiss. North of
the Ramgarh sheet, the Kushma and Ranimata Formations crop out in an
anticline/syncline pair. This thrust sheet contains one kilometer of Kushma Formation
and one kilometer of Ranimata Formation with no Ulleri augen gneiss, a composition
completely different from that of the Ramgarh thrust sheet. Thus, I chose to interpret the
87
anticline/syncline pair as being continuous with the southernmost Ranimata and Kushma
Formation thrust sheet, the Darma thrust.
North of the Ramgarh thrust sheet are the Main Central thrust and the GH. The
Main Central thrust in this region is a fairly discrete zone ~ 500 m thick. GH rocks are
garnet and kyanite pelitic schist and gneiss northward of the gamet-chlorite schist of the
Ramgarh thrust sheet. There are meso-scale folds in the GH rock close to the Main
Central thrust and the Kamali River has a knick point near the thrust. Formation I in the
Simikot transect has large folds and replication of units indicated that GH rock possibly
has been duplicated through faulting. GH rock continues northward to the border of
Nepal and Tibet. Tertiary granite (the North Himalayan granites) crop out north of
Simikot (Amatya and Jnawal, 1994). To the northwest of Simikot, in another restricted
area of Nepal, the Tethyan sequence crops out (Amatya and Jnawal, 1994).
Correlations
Stratigraphy
The surface exposure level of the GH varies across Nepal. In western Nepal, the
GH rocks crop out in the northern part of the fold-thrust belt and in the crystalline klippe.
In eastern Nepal, the Main Central thrust is only ~20 km from the front of the thrust belt;
thus, GH rocks crop out for more than ICQ km across strike (Schelling, 1992). The true
thickness of the GH is probably between 5 and 20 km thick (Schelling, 1992), and
probably varies along strike. GH rocks are always north of the Main Central thrust but I
have only mapped GH rocks in the Chainpur and Simikot cross sections due to access
88
restrictions. In the Chainpur section. Formation I is < 500 m thick. The bulk of GH rock
is composed of the calc-silicates of Formation II and the orthogneiss of Formation III.
These units do not crop out in a spectacular fashion along the Seti River but the boulders
in the tributary kholas provide glimpses of fresh rock. The thickness of the GH is ~5 km
along the Seti River. In the Simikot section. Formation 1 crops out for as far northward as
I was able to access (a width of -25 km) and contains spectacular zones of kyanite,
silliminate and softball-sized garnet. I did not reach Formation II or III and assume they
crop out north of Formation I in a restricted area of Nepal. Based on this observation, the
GH is >10 km thick in the mid western region or alternatively, the thickness has been
doubled by thrust faulting.
Essentially, the stratigraphy of the LH is correlative across western Nepal. The
Kushma Formation is mapped as a distinct unit from the overlying Ranimata Formation.
Because it is difficult to place a definite boundary between the two formations, some
previous researchers chose to group them. The Sangram Formation is not seen in the Api
section farther north than the Dadeldhura Road and does not crop out in the Chainpur or
Simikot cross sections. The Sangram Formation is a regional unit present in central and
eastern Nepal; thus, the Sangram Formation is treated as being present across western
Nepal. The Syangia Formation is present across western Nepal. In the Simikot section, I
chose to group the Syangia and the lower Lakharpata Group together in a unit called the
Blaini Formation (Fuchs, 1973; Frank and Fuchs, 1970). In the Simikot section, the
Blaini Formation contains much more thinly bedded pink and blue quartzite and
carbonate and much less green phyllite than the Syangia Formation, making it difficult to
89
distinguish from the lower Lakharpata Group. On the regional map, the middle black
slate unit of the Lakharpata Group is not broken out as a separate unit but is marked with
a 'B' (for Benighat slates as it is termed in central Nepal) wherever the black slates are
found.
Structural features
Along strike, the SH thrust system contains a different number of thrust sheets
(Fig. A18). The SH has three thrust sheets in the Api section, two thrust sheets the
Chainpur section and four thrust sheets around Surkhet. These thrust sheets vary in
thickness along strike. The base of the southernmost thrust sheet is the Main Frontal
thrust. The base of the next thrust northward is the Main Dun thrust (Mugnier et al.,
1999). The other thrusts in the SH thrust systems are unnamed.
The LH imbricate zone also varies in width and composition along strike. In the
Api section, the imbricate zone is only ~3 km wide and composed of the Sangram and
Syangia Formations. In the Chainpur section, the LH imbricate zone is ~ 12 km wide and
composed of Syangia through Dumri Formations. In the Simikot section, it is ~6 km wide
and composed of the Lakharpata Group and Bhainskati and Dumri Formations. Unlike
western Nepal, the Galyang Formation is included in this imbricate zone in central Nepal
(Pearson et al., 2001a).
The Ramgarh thrust sheet crops out south of the crystalline rocks of the
Dadeldhura klippe. In far western Nepal, the Kushma and Ranimata Formations crop out
over a distance of 5 km, whereas along the Seti River and south of Surkhet, the Ramgarh
90
sheet crops out for 15 km and 35 km, respectively. The Chainpur and Simikot cross
sections reveal that the Ramgarh sheet is flat lying to gently folded south of the kiippe.
The Kushma Formation does not crop out along the Dadeldhura Road. Additionally, the
Kushma Formation does not crop out directly north of the Dadeldhura kiippe. The
Ramgarh sheet north of the kiippe has a minimum thickness of 1 km and a maximum of 5
km and is composed of Ranimata Formation and Ulleri augen gneiss.
The Dadeldhura kiippe contains folds that can be traced across the western region
of Nepal. The most prominent synform in the crystalline kiippe contain the Tethyan
sedimentary rock in the axis of the fold, which is located along the Dadeldhura Road and
to the east of the Kamali River.
Although the geometry of the LHD is difficult to envision on the regional map,
the cross sections elucidate the relationships of the thrust sheets. The LHD in the Api
cross section contains five upper LH thrust sheets. Much of the erosional surface in this
cross section is still covered by the Ramgarh thrust sheet and the LH rocks must be
viewed through erosional windows. The LHD in the Chainpur section contains five thrust
sheets of upper LH rock, and the Simikot cross section contains four upper LH thrust
sheets. It is well documented that the number of thrust sheets in a duplex vary along
strike (Boyer and Elliott, 1982). Thus, it is not surprising that the Simikot section has one
less upper LH thrust sheet.
The LHD continues northward with thrust sheets composed of lower LH rock.
These thrust sheets are composed of the Kushma and/or Ranimata Formations and are
directly south of the Main Central thrust. In the Simikot section, this part of the LHD has
91
three Ranimata thrust sheets and two thrust sheet composed of Kushma and Ranimata
Formations. The northernmost thrust sheet is the "root zone" of the Ramgarh thrust sheet.
In the Chainpur section, the Talkot thrust complex has four thrust sheets composed
entirely of Ranimata Formation ± Ulleri augen gneiss. North of the Talkot thrust
complex, two thrust sheets carry the Kushma Formation. Above these two Kushma
Quartzite thrust sheets, two thrust sheets carry Kushma and Ranimata Formations and are
the "root zone" of the Ramgarh thrust sheet. The northernmost thrust sheet of Kushma
and Ranimata Formations is an early imbricate of the Ramgarh thrust sheet. In the Api
cross section, two thrust sheets are composed of Kushma and Ranimata Formations. The
southemmost is the Ramgarh thrust sheet and the northernmost is an imbricate of the
Ramgarh thrust sheet. The correlations of these different sheets in the LHD are illustrated
on the regional map (Plate 1, in pocket) and Figure A18.
The Main Central thrust is present across Nepal and dips northward from 40° to
70°. The fabrics in the footwall of the Main Central thrust in the LHD are parallel to the
fabric in the hanging wall in the GH (Robinson et al., 2001b). Thus, the Main Central
thrust placed a hanging wall flat of GH rock over a footwall flat of lower LH rock, which
eventually became the Ramgarh thrust sheet. Finally, the South Tibetan detachment
system is present north of the village of Dhuli in the Chainpur section and may correlate
with the TH that is exposed to the west of the village of Simikot.
92
Age Control in the thrust belt of western Nepal
Nd isotopic values in the Siwalik Group provide a minimum age of 10-11 Ma for
erosional breaching of the LHD in western and central Nepal but the LHD has not yet
been breached in eastern Nepal (Robinson et al., 2001a). This is confirmed by detrital
zircons (DeCelles et al., 2001a), Sr isotopic values (Quade et al., 1997), and sandstone
modal point count data from the Siwalik Group (DeCelles et al., 1998a). The isotopic
data that are available in western Nepal were reviewed by DeCelles et al. (2001). In
summary, the Dumri Formation is younger than ~22-28 Ma based on detrital '"'Ar/^^Ar
ages of muscovite in northern India (Najman et al., 1997) and ~20 Ma in western Nepal.
Preliminary paleomagnetic stratigraphy of the Dumri Formation indicates that it was
deposited ~21 and 15 Ma (T.P. Ojha, unpublished data). Thus, movement on the
Ramgarh thrust sheet is post-15 Ma because the thrust sheet overlies the Dumri
Formation. The Dadeldhura thrust sheet overlies the Ramgarh thrust sheet. Muscovite
from a sample of the Budhiganga Gneiss in the northern limb of the Dadeldhura thrust
sheet yielded an •*°Ar/^'Ar age of 21 Ma for cooling through the 350° isotherm. This age
probably represents the emplacement of the Dadeldhura thrust sheet over the Ramgarh
thrust sheet, and is consistent with a more regional ^^Ar/^^Ar data set from the
Kathmandu complex in central Nepal (Copeland et al., 2001). In western Nepal, no age
data for the Main Central thrust or South Tibetan detachment system exist.
93
Shortening and Kinematic history
Plate tectonic reconstructions based on paleomagnetic data from the Himalayan
orogenic belt suggest that there has been 2600 ± 900 km of post-collision convergence,
with 1700 ±610 km of this total accommodated by north-south shortening in the Tibetan
Plateau and lateral tectonic escape (Patriat and Achache, 1984; Klootwijk et al., 1985;
Besse and Courtillot, 1988; Patzelt et al., 1996). The -900 km difference between the
average values is available for shortening in the Himalayan fold-thrust belt (LePichon et
al., 1992). Paleomagnetic data suggest a maximum of 1500 km of potential shortening in
the Himalayan fold-thrust belt (Patzelt et al., 1996). Thus, the amount of shortening that
should be recorded in the Himalayan fold-thrust belt is ~900 km to 1,500 km. Previous
shortening estimates from the Main Frontal thrust through the TH part of the Himalayan
fold-thrust belt range from a minimum of 323 km in eastern Nepal (Schelling, 1992;
Hauck et al., 1998; Ratschbacher et al., 1994) to a maximum of 669 km in western Nepal
(DeCelles et al., 2001a). If the value of 900-1500 km of shortening that should be present
in the Himalaya is correct, the structure of the thrust belt has previously been
misinterpreted or underrepresented by sparse data.
Accurate shortening estimates in the Himalaya are vital for understanding the
kinematics of the fold-thrust belt and may also elucidate the uplift history of the Tibetan
Plateau. Presently, the Tibetan Plateau is underlain by anomalously thick continental
crust that tapers from a maximum of -15 km thick in the southern half to a minimum of
~55 km thick beneath the northern half (Fig. Al; Owens and Zandt, 1997; Zhu, 1998).
How much of this thickening is a direct result of the India-Eurasian collision, and what is
94
the timing of uplift on the Tibetan Plateau? Accurate shortening estimates in the
Elimalayan fold-thrust belt may help to answer these questions. SH, LH, GH, and TH
rocks from the Main Frontal thrust to the Indus suture are upper crustal. A corresponding
lower crustal slab of the same length as the restored upper crustal rocks in the Himalayan
fold-thrust belt must have been consumed during the collision of India and Eurasia.
Unless the lower crustal rock was subducted into the mantle, it must be accommodated in
the Himalayan-Tibetan orogen and may help to thicken and isostatically support the
Tibetan Plateau.
Shortening Estimates
The three cross-sections presented in this paper from western Nepal are line-
length balanced from the Main Frontal thrust to the South Tibetan detachment system.
Shortening is determined by contrasting the present length of thrust belt with the length
of the restored section. The present lengths of the thrust belt from the Main Frontal thrust
to the Main Central thrust along each cross section are: Api, 121 km; Chainpur, 113 km;
and Simikot, 172 km. The restored lengths from the Main Frontal thrust to the Main
Central thrust in each of the cross sections are: Api, 539 km; Chainpur, 516 km; Simikot,
606 km. Thus, shortening from the Main Frontal thrust to the Main Central thrust in the
three cross sections are as follows (Table Al): the Api cross section has 418 km (78%) of
shortening, the Chainpur cross section has 403 km (78%) of shortening, and the Simikot
cross section has 534 km (76%) of shortening. These shortening estimates are 116-246
95
Table AI: Western Nepal Shortening
Api (km) Chainpur (km)Siniikot (km)
LH«&SH 408 403 534 GH + klippen* 183-256 160-221 177-262
YH** 150-176 150-176 150-176
Total (minimum) 741 713 861 Total (maximum) 840 800 972
* minimum if klippen are the southern continuation of GH rock; maximum if klippen and GH rock are different thrust sheets and overlying GH rock extend to middle of klippen (Upreti and Lefort, 1999)
** from Searle (1986); Searle et al., (1997); Murphy and Yin (2000)
96
km larger than previous estimates in western Nepal from the Main Frontal thrust to the
Main Central thrust.
The minimum shortening of the GH rocks assumes that the rocks north of the
Main Central thrust are continuous with the rocks in the Dadeldhura klippe. Minimum
shortening estimates were calculated assuming that GH rocks covered the Ramgarh thrust
sheet and are as follows: Api, 183 km; Chainpur, 160 km; Simikot, 177 km. Maximum
shortening in GH rocks were calculated assuming that the Main Central thrust and the
Dadeldhura and Kamali thrust sheets are two different thrust sheets as suggested by
Upreti and LeFort (1999). The trailing branch line of the Dadeldhura and Kamali thrust
sheets would be eroded south of the Main Central thrust. The Main Central thrust sheet
would extend over the top of the Dadeldhura and Kamali thmst sheets as far south as the
middle of the crystalline klippen. These maximum GH shortening values are as follows
(Table A I): Api, 256 km; Chainpur, 221 km; Simikot, 262 km. However, these
shortening values do not include internal shortening within the GH thrust sheets.
Because these cross sections incorporate regional-scale thmsts and duplexes,
some of which were first documented by DeCelles et al. (2001a) and some of which are
first documented here, the shortening estimates have increased from previous estimates
and may increase further as more detailed structural analyses are completed. Because the
paleo-stratigraphy of the GH is poorly understood, the shortening in the Main Central
thmst sheet, which carries GH rock, is a minimum estimate. The LH Ramgarh thmst
sheet is a significant regional stmcture that carries lower LH rock that has been thmst
over LH rocks which eventually become incorporated into the LHD for >125 km in the
97
transport direction. Microscopic strain data from this megathrust sheet will potentially
increase the shortening estimate for the Ramgarh thrust sheet by up to 20% (Pearson et
al., 2001b).
By combining the data from the Api, Chainpur, and Simikot cross sections with
those estimates of shortening in the TH portion of the fold-thrust belt (Searle, 1986;
Searle et al., 1997; Murphy and Yin, 2000) (Fig. Al; Table A2), the Himalayan fold-
thrust belt in western Nepal has a minimum estimate of 713 km and a maximum estimate
of 972 km of upper crustal shortening from the Indus suture to the Main Frontal thrust
(Table Al). Shortening of 403-534 km is acconunodated in the LHD, Ramgarh thrust
sheet, upper LH imbricate zone and the SH thrust system. The Dadeldhura and Main
Central thrust sheets account for 160-256 km of shortening in the GH in the Api and
Chainpur sections; whereas, the Kamali and Main Central thrust sheets account for 177-
262 km of shortening in the GH in the Simikot section.
Comparison of Shortening Estimates
Until recently, only a few regional balanced cross-sections through the Himalayan
fold-thrust belt in Nepal, India, and Pakistan have been published (Table A2). Schelling
(1992) constructed two regional sections in eastern Nepal yielding 210-280 km of
shortening from the South Tibetan detachment system to the Main Frontal thrust. Hauck
(1998) used the cross section data from Schelling (1992), Schelling and Arita (1991), and
Ratschbacher et al. (1994) in combination with the INDEPTH crustal seismic reflection
profiles to construct a crustal-scale cross-section with shortening of -323 km from the
Table A2: Shortening Estimates across the Himalayan Fold-Thrust Belt
Reference Location Structural Boundaries (1) Tectonostraphigraphic Amount of Shortening (km)
Zones(2)
Coward & Butler (1985) Pakistan MMT-MFT GH, LH, SH 470 km
Searle (1986) India, Zanskar and Ladakh IS-MMT TH 126 km
Searleetal. (1997) India, Zanskar and Ladakh IS-MCT TH 150-170 (revised from 1986)
Srivastava and Mitra (1994) India, Kumaon and Garhwal STDS-MCT GH + Almora klippe 193-260 km
Srivastava and Mitra (1994) India, Kumaon and Garhwal MCT-MFT LH, SH 161 km
DeCelles et al. (1998a) Far western Nepal MCT-MFT LH, SH 228 km
Murphy and Yin (2000) Tibet, Mt. Kailas region IS-STDS TH + Indus suture 176 km
DeCelles et al. (2001a) Far western Nepal, Seti River STDS-MCT GH + Dadeldhura klippe 131-206 km
DeCelles et al. (2001a) Far western Nepal, Seti River MCT-MFT LH, SH 287 km
Ratschbacher et al. (1994) Tibet, north of Arun River IS-MCT TH 133-139 km
Schelling(I992) Eastern Nepal, Arun River STDS-MCT GH 140-210 km
Schelling(1992) Eastern Nepal, Arun River MCT-MFT LH, SH 70 km
Schelling and Arita (1991) Far eastern Nepal STDS-MCT GH 140-175 km
Schelling and Arita (1991) Far eastern Nepal MCT-MFT LH, SH 45-70 km
This study Western Nepal STDS-MCT GH + Dadeldhura klippe 160-262 km
This study Western Nepal MCT-MFT LH, SH 403-523 km
(1) MMT = Main Mantle thrust; IS = Indus suture; MFT = Main Frontal thrust; MCT = Main Central thrust;
STDS = South Tibetan detachment system
(2) GH = Greater Himalaya; LH = Lesser Himalaya; SH = Subhimalaya; TH = Tibetan Himalaya
so 00
99
Indus suture to the Main Frontal thrust in the Himalaya. These low shortening estimates
in the fold-thrust belt have prevented attempts to quantitatively link crustal thickening in
the Tibetan Plateau with shortening in the fold-thrust belt. Higher shortening estimates
include: 470 km in Pakistan (Coward and Butler 1985); 480 to 547 km in Kumaon, India
(Srivastava and Mitra, 1994); 556-623 km in far western Nepal (DeCelles et al. 1998b);
643-669 km in far western Nepal (DeCelles et al., 2001a) (Table A2). All of these
estimates are minima because they do not include penetrative strain, minor faults or
meso-scale folds, which could significantly increase the total shortening. For example,
Mitra (1997) showed that microstrain in the Sevier fold-thrust belt of Idaho and
Wyoming (USA) accounts for -30% additional bulk shortening. The low estimates from
eastern Nepal partly result from the fact that the Ramgarh thrust has not previously been
recognized in eastern Nepal (e.g. Schelling, 1992).
Kinematic History
This integrated view of analyzing the kinematics of thrust belts has led to a
kinematic history. Before India collided with Asia, the LH, GH, and TH extended
northward off of the Indian margin (Fig. A22A). The kinematic progression of the
Himalayan fold-thrust belt began after the collision in Eocene time with thrusting and
crust thickening in the TH thrust system from ~50 Ma to -25 Ma (Ratschbacher et al.,
1994; Figs. A22B; A23). This thickening was coeval with development of peak
metamorphic conditions in the underlying GH rocks (Fig. A22B; e.g., Hodges and
Silverburg, 1988; Ratschbacher et al., 1994; Hodges et al., 1994; Harrison et al., 1998;
100
Ko®gTSrprisSs®?H & ea'Jly Paleozoic orogenic terrane of the van
South North
ISToTS? rJ i-tion o( me Himalavan (dd-thrus. belt and regional metamorphism of the GH
n Early Miocene: Emplacement of MCT sheet along regional flat on top ot future Ramgarh thrust she^
STDS
\ Regional metamorphism in GH beneath TH
Middle Miocene; n Initial emplacement ot
Ramgarh sheet
Burial metamorphism ir^ RT sheet beneath the MCT sheet
F Late Miocene: Growth of LHD, folding the Ramgarh and MCT sheets
N. Burial metamorphism beneath RT sheet
Burial metamorphism beneath growing LHD
F Pliocene-Recent I ' • » •
Present erosion level
Northward increase in metamorphic grade
Figure A22. Kinematic reconstrucfen »f
fault is marked by a heavier rectangle highlights the fact that GH rock over LH rock since Early in GH rock over a aie Main Central thrust at the surface to^y^ as Figures A1 footwall flat in LH rock, not a crustal ramp. Abbrevahons are
and A18.
101
50
40
CO
m. 30 LLI CD <C
20
10
0
Figure A23. Kinematic chart showing the timing and southward progression of thrusting in the Himalayan fold-thrust belt.
North South
102
Catlos et al., 2001; Godin et ai., 2001). In early Miocene time, a footwall flat of
crystalline rocks of the Dadeldhura and/or Kamali thrust sheet(s) were emplaced on top
of the eventual Ramgarh thrust sheet along a large footwall flat during initial
emplacement on the Main Central thrust at -23-20 Ma (Figs. A22C; A23; Hubbard and
Harrison; 1989; Hodges et al., 1996; Coleman, 1998; Godin et al., 2001; Catlos et al.,
2001). This emplacement was coeval with development of peak metamorphic conditions
in the underlying LH rocks. The GH rock and underlying LH had a flat-on-flat
relationship (Fig. A22C; Robinson et al., 2001b). This was more or less synchronous with
extensional detachment faulting along the South Tibetan detachment system (STDS), a
family of normal faults (Burg and Chen, 1984; Burchflel et al., 1992; Hodges et al., 1996;
Harrison et al., 1997; Coleman, 1998, Dezes et al., 1999; Godin et al., 2001).
The Ramgarh thrust sheet was emplaced over LH rocks in middle Miocene time
(-15-12 Ma; DeCelles et al., 2001a; Fig. A22D). The Ramgarh thrust sheet was emplaced
over the Dumri Formation, which dates at 22-15 Ma (T.P. Ojha, unpublished data). Thus,
the emplacement timing of the Ramgarh thrust sheet must be 15 Ma or younger. The
Ramgarh thrust sheet passively carried the overlying Dadeldhura thrust sheet southward
and buried the LH rocks to sufficient pressures and temperatures to grow monazite in
garnet (Catlos et al., 2001). In fact, the overburden of these crystalline klippe could be
one reason the thin Ramgarh thrust sheet remained competent as it was thrust 100+ km
southward.
The LHD began to grow after the emplacement of the Ramgarh thrust sheet and
its overburden (Figs. A22D; A23). The LHD rocks were erosionally breached by -10-11
103
Ma (Robinson et al., 2001a) suggesting the duplex had grown sufficiently to supply
detritus to the foreland basin. Little slip occurred on the actual thrust panels and most of
the slip was fed into the roof thrust, the Ramgarh thrust sheet. The growth of duplex
passively tilted the Main Central thrust to its present northward dipping position (Figs.
A22D-A22F; Robinson et al., 2(X)ib). Thus, the Main Central thrust is not a ramp but
represents a hanging wall flat over a footwall flat.
The LH imbricate zone and the Main Boundary thrust was active in Middle to
Late Miocene time, probably <5 Ma (DeCelles et al., 1998a) but potentially as early as
~11 Ma in northern India (Meigs et al., 1995). Quaternary unconsolidated gravels south
of the Main Boundary thrust resting on top of the Siwalik Group suggest that the Main
Boundary thrust has recently been active along the Dadeldhura road. In Pliocene-Recent
time, the SH thrust system including the Main Frontal thrust developed (Figs. A22F;
A23; Wesnousky et al., 1999).
Structural Development across Western Nepal
The previous section described the kinematic history and timing of the Himalayan
fold-thrust belt across Nepal. Figure A24 portrays the three-dimensional architecture of
western Nepal by correlating the structural features across strike. The Api cross section is
near the base of each diagram, whereas the Sinukot cross section is near the top of each
diagram. The first time slice from 45-16 Ma portrays the development of the TH thrust
system (THTS) and the active Main Central thrust (MCT, Fig A24A). The second time
slice from 15-6 Ma shows the emplacement of the Ramgarh thrust sheet and subsequent
104
A. 45-16 Ma
B. 15-6 Ma
•1 Tibetan Himalaya
• Greater Himalaya
• Lesser Himalaya
Subhimalaya and modem deposits
C. 5-0 Ma
Figure A24. Three-dimensional reconstmction of the Himalayan fold-thmst belt of westem Nepal since Eocene time; A. Tibetan Himalayan thrust system (THTS), South Tibetan detachment system (STDS), and the Main Central thrust (MCT) are active; B. Ramgarh thrust sheet (RT) and Lesser Himalayan duplex (LHD) are active; C. Main Boundary thrust (MBT) and Main Central thrust (MCT) are active.
105
development and erosional breaching of the LHD (Fig. A24B). The front of the thrust
belt is delineated by the Ramgarh thrust sheet. Motion on the Main Boundary and Main
Frontal thrusts and erosion in the LHD occurs in the third time slice from 5-0 Ma (Fig.
A24C). The development of these structural features occurred simultaneously in western
Nepal across strike. There is some suggestion that motion on structural features such as
the LHD and Main Boundary thrust occurred earlier in central Nepal (Catlos et al., 2001;
Pearson et al., 2001a).
Implications
Many processes in the Himalayan fold-thrust belt were occurring simultaneously.
The TH thrust system was active at the same time lower- to upper-amphibolite facies
metamorphism occurred in the buried GH rocks (Hodges, 2000). In early Miocene time,
the Main Central thrust was active at the same time that the South Tibetan detachment
system was active. LH rocks were buried by the overthrusting GH and experienced
greenschist-lower amphibolite facies metamorphism at the same time (Robinson et al.,
2001b). Emplacement of the thrust sheets of the LHD occurred synchronously with the
rift systems of southern Tibet which were active 14-8 Ma (Harrison et al., 1992; Edwards
and Harrison, 1997; Garzione et al., 2000; Hodges, 2000).
In addition, the Tibetan Plateau was thickening its crust at the same time the
Himalayan fold-thrust belt was forming. It is generally agreed that crustal shortening
associated with the collision of the Indian and Eurasian continents produced the
Himalayan fold-thrust belt and the Tibetan Plateau. However, no consensus exists
106
regarding the relationship between the Himalaya and the Tibetan Plateau. Thus,
understanding the kinematics of the orogen and shortening in the fold-thrust belt may
help in understanding the mechanism(s) of formation of the Tibetan Plateau and the
nature of its relationship to the Himalaya (DeCelles et al., 2001b).
Total shortening determines the amount of lower crust available for thickening the
crust beneath the Tibetan Plateau (Klootwijk et al., 1985). Because there is 900+ km of
shortening in supracrustal rock of the Himalayan fold-thrust belt, there must be a
corresponding 900+ km wedge of lower crust that needs to be accommodated in models
of the Himalayan fold-thrust belt and Tibetan Plateau. One model proposed to explain the
thick crust under the Tibetan Plateau is duplexing of lower crustal rock. Underthrusting
of the composite TH, GH, and LH lower crustal lithosphere beneath Asia would double
the thickness of Tibet (Powell and Conaghan, 1973; Ni and Barazangi, 1984; Zhao and
Morgan, 1987). Until recently, the shortening in the Himalayan fold-thrust belt has not
been sufficient to span across the 1000 km wide Tibetan Plateau. DeCelles et al. (2001a;
2001b) suggest -700 km of shortening in the fold-thrust belt. This study suggests 900+
km of shortening, enough to stretch under the width of the Tibetan Plateau.
Seismic profiling suggests the crust beneath the northern Indian craton is -38-42
km thick (Reddy et al., 1995). Asian crustal blocks that were once part of Gondwana
(Qiangtang terrane, Lhasa terrane, and Greater Himalayan terrane) probably had a similar
crustal thickness of -40 km before collision with the Eurasian continent. The Tibetan
Plateau is underlain by continental crust that tapers from 75 km under southern Tibet to
55 km under northern Tibet (Owens and Zandt, 1997; Zhu, 1998). If the crustal thickness
107
under the Tibetan Plateau was originally 40 km, it has been thickened by 35 km. If a 25
km thick, 900+ km long slab of composite Indian lower crust was inserted under the
Plateau, it could account for -70% of the total thickening (DeCelles et al., 2001b). Thus,
a large percentage of uplift of the Tibetan Plateau may be accounted for by the insertion
of a lower crustal wedge under plateau during Himalayan orogenesis. The remaining 30%
of thickening may be the result of distributed shortening across the Plateau (Murphy et
al., 1997; Yin et al., 1999; Kapp et al., 2000; Robinson et al., 2000).
Conclusions
The regional map is the first comprehensive geologic map of far western and mid
western Nepal. Three balanced cross sections based on the map data display the
kinematics of the Himalayan fold-thrust belt from the Kamali River to the Indian border
in western Nepal. The major structural features are from south to north—the
Subhimalayan thrust system, the Lesser Himalayan imbricate zone, the crystalline klippe
and Ramgarh thrust sheet, the Lesser Himalayan duplex, the Main Central thrust and
overlying Greater Himalayan rock, and the South Tibetan detachment system and
overlying Tethyan sequence.
These three cross sections yield shortening estimates between 591 km and 796 km
in rocks of the Subhimalaya and Lesser Himalaya, and Greater Himalaya. Shortening in
Tibetan Himalaya thrust system adds 150-176 km to the total amount of shortening in
western Nepal. This results in a total minimum estimate of shortening of 713 km and a
108
maximum of 972 km from the Main Frontal thrust to the Indus suture. These numbers do
not include shortening from meso-scale folds and faults and micro-scale deformation.
The 900+ km of shortening in the upper crustal rocks of the Himalayan foid-thrust
belt requires that a corresponding 900+ km of lower crustal rock must be accommodated
in the Himalayan-Tibetan Orogen. It is possible that composite lower crustal rock of the
Tibetan Himalaya, Greater Himalaya, Lesser Himalaya, and Subhimalaya was inserted
under the Tibetan Plateau beginning in Eocene time, helping the 1000 km wide Tibetan
Plateau to attain its present thickness of 75 to 55 km.
Acknowledgements
This project was supported by the Geological Society of America, the Department
of Geosciences at the University of Arizona, and donors to the Geostructure Partnership
at the University of Arizona, including BP-Amoco, Exxon-Mobil, Conoco and Midland
Valley Exploration, and NSF grant EAR-9814060. N. English, C. Garzione, O. Pearson,
J. Quade, and B. Upreti shared their knowledge of the Himalaya. B. Gillis, S. Ahlgren,
T.P. Ojha and B. Bahadur Chand provided assistance in the field.
109
References
Ahmad, T., Harris, N., Bickle, M., Chapman, H., Bunbury, J., Prince, C., 2000, Isotopic constraints on the structural relationships between the Lesser Himalayan Series and the High Himalayan Crystalline Series, Garhwal Himalaya: Geological Society of America Bulletin, v. 112, p. 467-477.
Amatya, K.M., and Jnawal, B.M., 1994, Geological Map of Nepal: scale 1:1,000,000, Royal Department of Mines and Geology, Kathmandu.
Arita, K., Shiraushi, K., and Hayashai, D., 1984, Geology of western Nepal and a comparison with Kumaon, India: Faculty of Science Journal, Hokkaido University, Serial 4, v. 2, p. 1-20.
Auden, J.B.. 1937, The structure of the Himalayan Garhwal: Records of the Geological Survey of India, v. 71, p. 407-433.
Bashyal, R.P., 1986, Geology of Lesser Himalaya, Far Western Nepal: Science de la Terre, Memoire 47, p. 31-42.
Besse, J., and Courtillot, V., 1988 Paleogeographic maps of the continents bordering the Indian Ocean since the Early Jurassic: Journal of Geophysical Research, v. 93. p. 11,791-11,808.
Beck, R.A., Burbank, D.W., Sercombe, W.J., Riley, G.W., Bamdt, J.K., et al., 1995, Stratigraphic evidence for an early collision between northwest India and Asia: Nature, v. 373, p. 55-58.
Boyer, S.E., and Elliot, D., 1982, Thrust systems: American Association of Petroleum Geologist Bulletin, v. 66, p. 1196-1230.
Brookfield, M.E., 1993, The Himalayan passive margin from Precambrian to Cretaceous times: Sedimentary Geology, v. 84, p. 1-35.
Burchfiel, B.C., Chen, Z., Hodges, K.V., Liu, Y., Royden, L.H., Deng, C., and Xu, J., 1992, The South Tibetan detachment system, Himalayan orogen: Extension contemporaneous with and parallel to shortening in a collisional mountain belt: Geological Society of America Special Paper 269,41 p.
Burg, J.P., and Chen, G.M., 1984, Tectonics and structural zonation of southern Tibet: Nature, v. 311, p. 219-223.
Catlos, E.J., Harrison, T.M., Kohn, M.J., Grove, M., Ryerson, F.J., Manning, C., and Upreti, B.N., 2001, Geochronologic and thermobarometric constraints on the
110
evolution of the Main Central thrust, central Nepal Himalaya; Journal of Geophysical Research, v. 106, p. 16177-16204.
Colchen, M., LeFort, P., and Pecher, A., 1986, Annapuma-Mansalu-Ganesh Himal: Paris, Centre National de la Recherche Scientifique, 136 p.
Coleman, M.E., 1998, U-Pb constraints on Oligocene-Miocene deformation and anatexis within the central Himalaya, Marsyandi valley, Nepal: American Journal of Science, v. 298, p. 553-571.
Copeland, P., LeFort, P., Henry, P., Rai, S.M., Murphy, M.A., Foster, D., Parrish, R.R., Pecher, A., Stuwe, K., Upreti, B.N., and Raza, A., 2001, Neogene tectonothermal development of the Himalayan thrust system in the Kathmandu region, Nepal: Geological Society of America Bulletin, v. 113, in press.
Coward, M.P., and Butler, R.W.H., 1985, Thrust tectonics and the deep structure of the Pakistan Himalaya: Geology, v. 13, p. 417-420.
Dahlstrom, C.D.A.,1970, Structural geology in the eastern margin of the Canadian Rocky Mountains: Bulletin of Canadian Petroleum Geology, v. 18, p. 332-406.
D'Andrea, J., Harrison, T.M., and Grove, M., 1999, The thermal and physical state of the South Tibetan middle crust between 20-8 ma: U/Th-Pb and Nd isotopic evidence from the Nyainqentanghla Massif: in 14'*' Himalaya-Karakoram-Tibet workshop. Abstract with Programs, p. 29-30.
DeCelles, P.G., Gehrels, G.E., Quade, J., Kapp, P.A., Ojha, T.P., and Upreti, B.N., 1998a, Neogene foreland basin deposits, erosional unroofing, and the kinematic history of the Himalayan fold-thrust belt, western Nepal: Geological Society of America Bulletin, v. 110, p. 2-21.
DeCelles, P.G., Gehrels, G.E., Quade, J., and Ojha, T.P., 1998b, Eocene-early Miocene foreland basin development and the history of Himalayan thrusting, western and central Nepal: Tectonics, v. 17, p. 741-765.
DeCelles, P.G., Gehrels, G.E., Quade, J., LaReau, B., and Spurlin, M., 2000, Tectonic implications of U-Pb zircon ages of the Himalayan orogenic belt in Nepal: Science, v. 288, p. 497-499.
DeCelles, P.G., Robinson, D.M., Quade, J., Copeland, P., Upreti, B.N., Ojha, T.P., and Garzione, C.N., 2001a, Regional structure and stratigraphy of the Himalayan fold-thrust belt, farwestem Nepal: Tectonics, v. 20, p. 487-509.
DeCelles, P.G., Robinson, D.M., and Zandt, G., 2001b, Implications of Shortening in the
I l l
Himalayan Fold-Thrust Belt for Uplift of the Tibetan Plateau: Transactions of the American Geophysical Union, abstracts with programs, v. 82.
Dezes, PJ., Vannay, J.-C., Steck, A., Bussy, F., and Cosca, M., 1999, Synorogenic extension; quantitative constraints on the age and displacement of the Zanskar Shear Zone (northwest Himalaya): Geological Society of America Bulletin, v. Ill, p. 364-374.
Dhital, M.R., and Kizaki, K., Structural aspect of the northern Dang, Lesser Himalaya: Bulletin of the College of Science, University of Ryukyus, v. 45, p. 159-182
Diegel, F. A., 1986, Topological constraints on imbricate thrust networks, examples from the Mountain City window, Tennessee, U.S.A.: Journal of Structural Geology, v. 7, p. 269-279
Edwards, M.A., and Harrison, T.M., 1997, When did the roof collapse? Late Miocene N-S extension in the High Himalaya revealed by Th-Pb monazite dating of the Khula Kangri granite: Geology, v. 25, p. 543-546.
Einfalt, H.C., hoehndorf. A., and Kaphle, K.P., 1993, Radiomeuic age determination of the Dadeldhura granite. Lesser Himalaya, far western Nepal, Schweiz. Mineral. Petrogr. Mitt., v. 73, p. 97-106.
Ferrara, G., Lombardo, B., and Tonarini, S., 1983, Rb/Sr geochronology of granites and gneisses from the Mount Everest region, Nepal Himalaya: Geologische Rusndschau, v. 72, p. 119-136.
Fielding, E., Isacks, B., Barazangi, M., and Duncan, C., 1994, How flat is Tibet?: Geology, v. 22, p. 163-157.
Frank, W., and Fuchs, G.R., 1970, Geological investigation in west Nepal and their significance for the geology of the Himalayas: Geologische Rusndschau, v. 59, p. 552-580.
Frank, W., Thoni, M., and Purtscheller, F., 1977, Geology and petrography of Kulu-S. Lahul area: Colloques Intemationaux du Centre National de la Recherche
ScientiHque, v. 268, p. 147-172.
Fuchs, G., 1973, Geological Map of the Dailekh-Jumla-Galwa Region: scale 1:253,440, Geologische Bundesanstalt, Wien.
Fuchs, G., 1981, Geologic-tectonical map of the Himalaya: scale 1:2,000,000, Geological Survey of Austria.
112
Fuchs, G., and Frank, W., 1970, The geology of west Nepal between the rivers Kali Gandaki and Thulo Bheri: Jahrbuch der Geologischen Bundesanstalt, Sonderband 18, 103p.
Gaetani, M., and Garzanti, E., 1991, Multicyclic history of the northern India continental margin (Northwestern Himalaya): American Association of Petroleum Geologists Bulletin, v. 75, p. 1427-1446.
Gaetani, M., Casnedi, R., Garzanti, E., Jadoul, F., Nicora, A., and Tintori, A., 1985, Stratigraphy of the Tethys Himalaya in Zanskar, Ladakh: Rivista Italiana di Faleontologie e Stratigraphia, v. 91, p. 443-478.
Gansser, A., 1964, Geology of the Himalayas: London, Wiley Interscience, 289 p.
Garzione, C.N., Dettman, D.L., Quade, J., DeCelles, F.G., and Butler, R.F., 2000, High times on the Tibetan Plateau: paleoelevation of the Thakkola graben, Nepal: Geology, v. 28, pi. 339-342.
Gehrels, G.E., DeCelles, P.G., Quade, J., Lareau, B., and Spurlin, M., 1999, Tectonic implications of detrital zircon ages from the Himalayan orogen in Nepal: Geological Society of America Abstracts with Programs, A374.
Godin, L., Parrish, R.R., Brown, R.L., and Hodges, K.V., 2001, Crustal thickening, melt production and exhumation of the Himalayan metamorphic core of central Nepal: Insight from U-Pb geochronology and ''°Ar/^^Ar thermochronology: Tectonics, in press.
Harrison, T.M., Copeland, P., Kidd, W.S.F., and Yin, A., 1992, Raising Tibet: Science, v. 255, p. 1663-1670.
Harrison, T.M., Copeland, P., Hall, S.A., Quade, J., Burner, S., Ojha, T.P., and Kidd, W.S.F., 1993, Isotopic preservation of Himalayan/Tibetan uplift, denudation, and climatic histories in two molasses deposits: Journal of Geology, v. 100, p. 157-173.
Harrison, T.M., Ryerson, F.J., LeFort, P., Yin, A., Lovera, O., and Catlos, E.J., 1997, A late Miocene-Pliocene origin for the central Himalayan inverted metamorphism: Earth and Planetary Science Letters, v. 146, p. E1-E7.
Harrison, T.M., Grove, M., Lovera, O.M., and Catlos, E.J., 1998, A model for the origin of Himalayan anatexis and inverted metamorphism: Journal of Geophysical Research, v. 103, p. 27017-27032.
Hayashi, D., Fuiji, Y., Yoneshire, T., and Kizaki, K., 1984, Observations on the geology
113
of the Kamali region, west Nepal: Journal of Nepal Geological Society, v. 4, p. 29-40.
Hauck, M.L., Nelson, K.D., Brown, L.D., Zhao, W., and Ross, A.R., 1998, Crustal structure of the Himalayan orogen at -90° east longitude from Project INDEPTH deep reflection profiles: Tectonics, v. 17, p. 481-500.
Heim, A., and Gansser, A., 1939, Central Himalaya: Geological observations of the Swiss expedition 1936: Mem. Soc. Helv. Sci. Nat., v. 73, 245pp.
Hodges, K.V., 2000, Tectonics of the Himalaya and southern Tibet from two perspectives: Geological Society of America Bulletin, v. 112, p. 324-350.
Hodges, K.V., Hames, W.E., Olszewski, W., Burchfiel, B.C., Royden, L.H., and Chen, Z., 1994, Thermobarometric and "^^Ar/^^Ar geochronologic constraints on Eohimalayan metamorphism in the Dinggye area, southern Tibet: Contributions to Mineralogy and Petrology, v. 117, p. 151-163.
Hodges, K.V., Parrish, R.R., and Searle, M.P., 1996, Tectonic evolution of the central Annapuma Range, Nepalese Himalayas: Tectonics, v. 15, p. 1264-1291.
Hodges, K.V., and Silverburg D.S., 1988, Thermal evolution of the Greater Himalaya, Garhwal, India: Tectonics, v. 7, p. 583-600.
Hubbard, M.S., and Harrison, T.M., 1989, ''^Ar/^^Ar age constraints on deformation and metamorphism in the Main Central thrust zone and Tibetan slab, eastern Nepal Himalaya: Tectonics, v. 8, p. 865-880.
Johnson, M.R.W., 1994, Culminations and domal uplifts in the Himalaya: Tectonophysics, v. 239, p. 139-147.
Kapp, P., Yin, A., Manning, C.E., Murphy, M., Harrison, T.M., Spurlin, M., Ding, L., Deng, X.-G., and Wu, C.-M., 2000, Blueschist-bearing metamorphic core complexes in the Qiangtang block reveal deep crustal structure of northern Tibet: Geology, v. 28, p. 19-22.
Kizaki, K., 1994, An outline of the Himalayan upheaval: A case study of the Nepal Himalayas: Kathmandu, Japan International Cooperation Agency, 127 p.
Klootwijk, C.T., Conaghan, P.J, and Powell, C.M., 1985, The Himalayan arc: large-scale continental subduction, oroclinal bending and back-arc spreading: Earth and Planetary Science Letters, v. 75, p. 167-183.
Lave, J., and Avouac, J.P., 2000, Active folding of fluvial terraces across the Siwaliks
114
Hills, Himalayas of central Nepal: Journal of Geophysical Research, v. 105, p. 5735-5770.
LeFort, P., 1975, Himalayas: The collided range. Present knowledge of the continental arc: American Journal of Science, v. 275-A, p. 1-44.
LeFort, P., 1986, Metamorphism and magmatism during the Himalayan collision, in Coward, M.P., Ries, A.C., eds.. Collision Tectonics: Geological Society of London Special Publication 19, p. 159-172.
LeFort, P., 1994, French earth sciences research in the Himalaya regions: Kathmandu, Nepal, Alliance Frangaise, 174 p.
LeFort, P., Debon, F., and Sonet, J., 1983, The lower Paleozoic "Lesser Himalayan" granitic belt: Emphasis on the Simchar pluton of central Nepal, in Shams, F.A., ed.. Granites of Himalayas, Karakorum and Hindu Kush: Lahore, Pakistan, Punjab University, p. 235-255.
LePichon, X, Foumier, M., and Jolivet, L., 1992, Kinematics, topography, shortening, and extrusion in the India-Eurasia collision: Tectonics, v. II, p. 1085-1098.
Lyon-Caen, H., and Molnar, P., 1985, Gravity anomalies, flexure of the Indian plate, and the structure, support and evolution of the Himalaya and Ganga Basin: Tectonics, v. 4, p. 513-538.
Macfarlane, A.M., 1999, The metamorphic history of the crystalline rocks in the high Himalaya, Nepal: insights from thermobarometric data: Journal of Asian Earth Sciences, v. 17, p. 741-753.
Manickvasagam R.M., Jain, A.K., Singh, S., and Asokan, A., 1999, Metamorphic evolution of the northwest Himalaya, India: Pressure-temperature data, inverted metamorphism, and exhumation in the Kashmir, Himachal, and Garhwal Himalayas, in Macfarlane, A., Sorkhabi, R.B., and Quade, J., eds., Himalaya and Tibet: Mountain roots to mountain tops: Geological Society of America Special Paper 328, p. 179-198.
Marquer, D., Chawla, H.S., Challandes, N., 2000, Pre-alpine high-grade metamorphism in high Himalaya crystalline sequences: Evidence from Lower Palaeozoic Kinnaur Kailas granite and surrounding rocks in the Sutlej Valley (Himachal Pradesch, India): Eclog. Geol. Helv., v. 93, p. 207-220.
Maruo, Y., and Kizaki, K., 1981, Structure and metamorphism in eastern Nepal, in Saklani, P.S., ed., Metamorphic Tectonites of the Himalaya: Today and Tomorrow's Printers and Publishers, New Delhi, p. 175-230.
115
Mattauer, M., 1986, Intracontinental subduction, crust-mantle decollement and crustal-stacking wedge in the Himalayas and other collision belts, in Coward, M.P., Ries, A.C., eds.. Collision Tectonics: Geological Society of America Special Publication 19, p. 37-50.
Matte, Ph., Mattauer, M., Olivet, J.M., and Griot, D.A., 1997, Continental subductions beneath Tibet and the Himalayan orogeny: a review: Terra Nova, v. 9, p. 264-270.
McLennan, S.M., Hemming, S.R., McDaniel, D.K., Hanson, G.N., 1993, Geochemical approaches to sedimentation, provenance, and tectonics, in M.J. Johnson, A. Basu, eds.. Processes Controlling the Composition of Clastic Sediments: Geological Society of America Special Paper 284, p. 21-40.
Meigs, A., Burbank, D.W., and Beck, R.A., 1995, Middle-late Miocene (>10Ma) initiation of the Main Boundary thrust in the western Himalaya: Geology, v. 23, p. 423-426.
Michard, A., Gurriet, P., Soudant, M., Albarede, F., 1985, Nd isotopes in French Phanerozoic shales: external vs. internal aspects of crustal evolution: Geochimica Cosmochimica Acta, v. 49, p. 601-610.
Mitra, G., 1997, Evolution of Salients in a Fold-Thrust Belt: the Effects of Sedimentary Basin Geometry, Strain Distribution and Critical Taper: in Sengupta, S., ed.. Evolution of geologic structures from macro- to micro-scales: Chapman and Hall, London, p. 59-90.
Mitra, G., and Boyer, S.E., 1986, Energy balance and deformation mechanisms of duplexes: Journal of Structural Geology, v. 8, p. 291-304.
Mugnier, J.-L., G. Mascle, and T. Faucher, 1993, Structure of the Siwaliks of western Nepal: An intracontinental accretionary prism: International Geological Review, V. 35, p. 32-47.
Mugnier, J.-L., Leturmy, P., Mascle, G., Huyghe, P., Chaiaron, E., Vidal, G., Husson, L., and Delcaillau, B., 1999, The Siwaliks of western Nepal I. Geometry and kinematics: Journal of Asian Earth Sciences, v. 17, p. 629-642.
Murphy, M.A., Yin, A., Harrison, T.M., Durr, S.B., Chen, Z., 1997, Significant crustal shortening in south-central Tibet prior to the Indo-Asian collision: Geology, v. 25, p. 719-722.
Murphy, M.A, and Yin, A., 2000, Structural Evolution of the Tethyan Fold-Thrust Belt: Implications for Timing of underthrusting of the Indian Shield Beneath Tibet:
116
EOS, Transactions of the American Geophysical Union, abstracts with programs, V. 81,F1116-F1117.
Najman, Y.M.R., Pringle, M.S., Johnson, M.W.R., Robertson, A.H.F., and Wijbrans, J.R., 1997, Laser "^^Ar/^^Ar dating of single detrital muscovite grains from early foreland basin deposits in India: Implications for early Himalayan evolution: Geology, v. 25, p. 535-538.
Naqvi, S.M., and Rogers, J.J.W., 1987, Precambrian geology of India: New York, Clarendon Press—Oxford Press, Oxford Monographs on Geology and Geophysics, 223 pp.
Ni, J., and Barazangi, M., 1984, Seismotectonics of the Himalayan collision zone: Geometry of the underthrusting Indian plate beneath the Himalaya: Journal of Geophysical Research, v. 89, p. 1147-1163.
Ojha, T.P., Butler, R.F., Quade, J., DeCelles, P.G., Richards, D., and Upreti, B.N., 2000, magnetic polarity stratigraphy of the Neogene Siwalik Group at Khutia Khola, far western Nepal: Geological Society of America Bulletin, v. 112, p. 424-434.
Owens, T.J., and Zandt, G., 1997, Implications of crustal property variations for models of Tibetan Plateau evolution: Nature, v. 387, p.37-43.
Pandey, M.R., Tandukar, R.P., Avouac, J.P., Vergne, J., and Heritier, Th., 1999, Seismotectonics of the Nepal Himalaya from a local seismic network: Journal of Asian Earth Sciences, v. 17, p. 703-712.
Parrish, R.R., and Hodges, K.V., 1996, Isotopic constraints on the age and provenance of the Lesser and Greater Himalayan sequences, Nepalese Himalaya: Geological Society of America Bulletin, v. 108, p. 904-911.
Patriat, P., and Achache, J., 1984, Indian-Asia collision chronology has implications for crustal shortening and driving mechanisms of plates: Nature, v. 311, p. 615-621.
Patzelt, A., Li, H., Wang, J., and Appel, E., 1996, Palaeomagnetism of Cretaceous to Tertiary sediments from southern Tibet: evidence for the extent of the northern margin of India prior to the collision with Eurasia: Tectonophysics, v. 259, p. 259-284.
Pearson, O.N., DeCelles, P.G, Ducea, M.N., and Ojha, T.P., 2001a, Structural Evolution of the Himalayan Fold-Thrust Belt in Central Nepal: Geological Society of America Abstracts with Programs, v. 82.
Pearson, O.N., DeCelles, P.G., Robinson, D.M., and Gillis, R., 2001b, Structural and
117
Microstructural Geology of the Ramgarh Thrust Sheet, Far-Western Nepal: EOS, Transactions of the American Geophysical Union, abstracts with programs, v. 82.
Pecher, A., 1989, The metamorphism in the central Himalaya: Journal of Metamorphic Geology, v. 7, p. 31-41.
Pecher, A., and LeFort, P., 1977, Origin and significance of the Lesser Himalayan augen gneisses, in Jest, C., ed., Ecologie et geologie de T Himalaya: Science de la Terre, V. 268, p. 319-329.
Pognante, U., Castelli, D., Benna, P., Genovese, G., Oberli, F., Meir, M., and Tonarini, S., 1990, The crystalline units of the High Himalayas in the Lahul-Zanskar region (northwest India): Metamorphic-tectonic history and geochronology of the collided and imbricated Indian plate: Geological Society [London] Special Publication 74, p. 161-172.
Powell, C.M., and Conaghan, P.J., 1973, Plate tectonics and the Himalayas: Earth and Planetary Science Letters, v. 20, p. 1-20.
Powell, C.M., and Conaghan, P.J., 1975, Tectonic models of the Tibetan Plateau: Geology, v. 20, p. 727-731.
Powers, P.M., Lillie, R.J., and Yeates, R.S., 1998, Structure and shortening of the Kangra and Dehra Dun reentrants, Sub-Himalaya, India: Geological Society of America Bulletin, v. 110, p. 1010-1027.
Quade, J., Cater, J.M.L., Ojha, T.P., Adam, J., and Harrison, T.M., 1995, Late Miocene environmental change in Nepal and the northern Indian subcontinent: Stable isotopic evidence from paleosols: Geological Society of America Bulletin, v. 107, p. 1381-1397.
Quade, J., Roe, L., DeCelles, P.G., and Ojha, T.P., 1997, The late Neogene ^^Sr/^^Sr record of lowland Himalayan rivers: Science, v. 276, p. 1828-1831.
Ratschbacher, L., Frisch, W., and Guanghua, L., 1994, Distributed deformation in southern and western Tibet during and after the India-Asia collision: Journal of Geophysical Research, v. 99, p. 19917-19945.
Reddy, P.R., Rajendraprasad, B., Murthy, P.R.K., andTwari, H.C., 1995, Achievements of ongoing projects: Reflection seismology - Indian scenario: Deep Continental Studies in Indian Newsletter, 5, 12-16.
Robinson, D.M., DeCelles, P.G., and Gehrels, G.E., 2000, Contributions of Himalayan and Tibetan upper crustal shortening to thickening of the Tibetan Plateau: EOS,
118
Transactions of the American Geophysical Union, abstracts with programs, v. 81.
Robinson, D.M., DeCelles, P.G., Patchett, P.J., and Garzione, C.N., 2001a, The kinematic history of the Nepalese Himalaya interpreted from Nd isotopes: Earth and Planetary Science Letters, in press.
Robinson, D.M., Garzione, C.N., DeCelles, P.G., and Pearson, O.N., 2001b, Kinematic Alternative to Reactivation of the Main Central thrust in Nepal: EOS, Transactions of the American Geophysical Union, abstracts with programs, v. 82.
Rowley, D.B., 1996, Age of initiation of collision between India and Asia: a review of stratigraphic data: Earth and Planetary Science Letters, v. 145, p. 1-13.
Sakai, H., 1983,Geology of the Tansen Group of the Lesser Himalaya in Nepal: Memoire of Faculty of Science, Kyushu University, [D], v. 25, p. 27-74.
Sakai, H., 1985, Geology of the Kali Gandaki Supergroup of the Lesser Himalayas in Nepal: Memoirs of the Faculty of Science, Kyushu University, [D], v. 25, p. 337-397.
Sakai, H., 1989, Rifting of the Gondwanaland and uplifting of the Himalayas recorded in Mesozoic and Tertiary fluvial sediments in the Nepal Himalayas in Taira, A., and Masuda, F., eds.. Sedimentary Facies in the Active Plate Margin: Terra Scientific Publishing Company, Tokyo, p. 723-732.
Sastri, V.V., Bhandari, L.L., Raju, T.R., and Datta, A.K., 1971, Tectonic framework and subsurface stratigraphy of the Ganga Basin: Journal of the Geological Society of India, v. 12, p. 222-233.
Scharer, U., and Allegre, C.J., 1983, The Palung granite (Himalaya): High resolution U-Pb systematics in zircon and monazite: Earth and Planetary Science Letters, v. 63, p. 423-432.
Schelling, D., 1992, The tectonostratigraphy and structure of the eastern Nepal Himalaya: Tectonics, v. 11, p. 925-943.
Schelling, D., and Arita, K., 1991, Thrust tectonics, crustal shortening, and the structure of the far-eastern Nepal Himalaya: Tectonics, v. 10, p. 851-862.
Searle, M.P., 1986, Structural evolution and sequence of thrusting in the High Himalayan, Tibetan Tethys and Indus suture zones of Zanskar and Ladakh, western Himalaya: Journal of Structural Geology, v. 8, p. 923-936.
Searle, M.P., 1991, Geology and Tectonics of the Karakoram Mountains: John Wiley,
119
New York, 358 pp.
Searle M.P., Corfield, R.L., Stephenson, B., and McCarron, J., 1997, Structure of the north Indian continental margin in the Ladakh-Zanskar Himalayas: Implications for the timing of obduction of the Spontang ophiolite, India-Asia collision and deformational events in the Himalaya: Geological Magazine, v. 134, p. 297-316.
Sharma, M., Basu, A.R., and Ray, S.L., 1994, Sm-Nd isotopic and geochemical study of the Archean tonalite—amphibolite association from the eastern Indian Craton: Contributions to Mineralogy and Petrology, v. 117, p. 45-55.
Shrestha et al. 1987a, Geological map of far western Nepal: scale 1:250,000, Royal Nepali Department of Mines and Geology, Kathmandu.
Shrestha et al., 1987b,Geological map of mid western Nepal: scale 1:250,000, Royal Nepali Department of Mines and Geology, Kathmandu.
Stocklin, J., 1980, Geology of Nepal and its regional frame: Geological Society [London] Journal, V. 137, p. 1-34.
Srivastava, P., and Mitra, G., 1994, Thrust geometries and deep structure of the outer and lesser Himalaya, Kumaon and Garhwal (India): Implication for evolution of the Himalayan fold-and-thrust belt: Tectonics, v. 13, p. 89-109.
Tokuoka, T., Takayasu, K., Yoshida, M., and Hisatomi, K., 1986, The Churia (Siwalik) Group of the Arung Khola area, west central Nepal: Mem.Fac. Sci. Shimane Univ., V. 20, p. 135-210.
Upreti, B.N., 1990, An Outline Geology of Far Western Nepal: Journal of Himalayan Geology, v. 1, p. 93-102.
Upreti, B.N., 1996, Stratigraphy of the western Nepal Lesser Himalaya: a synthesis: Journal of Nepal Geological Society, v. 13, p. 11-28.
Upreti, B.N., 1999, An overview of the stratigraphy and tectonics of the Nepal Himalaya: Journal of Asian Earth Science, v. 17, p. 577-606.
Upreti, B.N., and LeFort, P., 1999, Lesser Himalayan crystalline nappes of Nepal: Problems of their origin, in Macfarlane, A., Sorhabi, R.B., and Quade, J., eds., Himalaya and Tibet: Mountain roots to Mountain Tops: Geological Society of America Special Paper 328, p. 225-238.
Valdiya, K.S., 1980, Geology of the Kumaon Lesser Himalaya, 291 pp. Wadia Institute of Himalayan Geology, Dehra Dun, India.
120
Vannay, J.-C., and Hodges, K.V., 1996, Tectonometamorphic evolution of the Himalayan metamorphic core between Annapuma and Dhaulagiri, central Nepal: Journal of Metamorphic Geology, v. 14, p. 635-656.
Vannay, J.-C., and Grasemann, B., 2001, Himalayan inverted metamorphism and syn-convergence extension as a consequence of a general shear extrusion: Geological Magazine, v. 138, p. 253-276.
Wesnousky, S.G., Kumar, S., Mohindra, R., and Thakur, V.C., 1999, Uplift and convergence along the Himalayan frontal thrust of India: Tectonics, v. 18, p. 967-976.
Whittington, A., Foster, G., Harris, N., Vance, D., and Ayers, M., 1999, Lithostratigraphic correlations in the western Himalaya—An isotopic approach: Geology, v. 27, p. 585-588.
Xu, R.H., Scharer, U., and Allegre, C.J., 1985, Magmatism and metamorphism in the Lhasa block (Tibet): a geochronological study: Journal of Geology, v. 93, p. 41-57.
Yin, A., 1997, Stratigraphic Geology of Gandwanan Facies of Qinghai-Xiang (Tibet) Plateau and Adjacent Areas: Geologic Publishing House, Beijing, 206 pp.
Yin, A., Harrison, T.M., Murphy, M.A., Grove, M., and Nie, S., 1999, Tertiary deformation history of southeastern and southwestern Tibet during the Indo-Asian collision: Geological Society of America Bulletin, v. Ill, p. 1644-1664.
Yin, A., and Harrison, T.M., 2000, Geologic Evolution of the Himalayan-Tibetan Orogen: Annual Review Earth Planetary Science, v. 28, p. 211-280.
Zhao, W., Nelson, K.D., and Team, P.I., 1993, Deep seismic reflection evidence for continental underthrusting beneath southem Tibet: Nature, v. 366, p. 557-559.
Zhao, W., and Morgan, W.J., 1987, Injection of Indian crust into Tibetan lower crust: a two-dimensional finite element model study: Tectonics, v. 6, p. 489-504.
Zhu, L., 1998, Broadband waveform modeling and its application to the lithospheric structure of the Tibetan Plateau, Ph.D. dissertation, Caltech, Pasadena, California, 141 pp.
121
FCR/U70ct0l/174 IS October 2001
Delores M Robinson
Department of Gcosciences
University of Arizona
Gould-Simpson Building #77
Tucson AZ 85721
USA
Dear Delores Robinson
EARTH AND PLANETARY SCIENCE LETTERS, (in press), Rohinson et al: "Thekinematic evolution of theNepalese..."
As per your letter dated 10 October 2001, we hereby grant you permission to reprint
the aforementioned material at no charge in your thesis subject to the following
conditions: 1. If any part of the material to be used (for example, figures) has appeared in our
publication with crcdit or acknowledgement to another source, permission must also be sought from that source. If such permission is not obtained then that
material may not be included in your publication/copies.
2. Suitable acknowledgment to the source must be made, either as a footnote or in a reference list at the end of your publication, as follows:
"Reprinted from Journal title. Volume number, Author(s), Title of article. Page
Nos, Copyright (Year), with permission from Elsevier &ience".
3. Reproduction of this material is confined to the purpose for which permission
is hereby given.
4. This permission is granted for non-exclusive world English rights only. For
other languages please reapply separately for each one required. Permission
excludes use in an electronic form. Should you have a specific electronic
project in mind please reapply for permission.
5. This includes permission for IJMI to supply single copies, on demand, of the complete thesis. Should his thesis be published commercially, please reapply
for peimission.
Yours sincerely
ELSEVIER S C I E N C E
Elsevier Science
Global RightN PO Bo\ SOO 0\foniOX3 IDX England TcJ; ^M>M1165X4.?K.10 Fax; •oaiO) IK65S53?:*.^ E-mail. pennivNion>(FelMrMcr.co.uk
Home Page: wHw.el>eMcr.cum
EPSL ELSEVIER Earth and Planetary Scicnce Letters 192 (2001) 507-521 =
www.eIsevier.com/Iocate/epsI
The kinematic evolution of the Nepalese Himalaya interpreted from Nd isotopes
Delores M. Robinson^ *, Peter G. DeCelles^, P. Jonathan Patchett®, Carmala N. Garzione''
' Department of Ceosciences. University of Arizona. Tucson. AZ8S72I, USA ^ Department of Earth Sciences. University of Rochester. Rochester. NY 14627. USA
Received 17 April 2001; received in revised form 16 July 2001; accepted 17 July 2001
Abstract
Neodymium (Nd) isotopes Trom the Himalayan Told-thnist belt and its assodated foreland basin deposits are useful
for distinguishing between Himalayan tectonostratigraphic zones and revealing the erosional unroofing history as
controlled by the kinematic development of the orogen. Neodymium isotopic data from the Himalayan fold-thrust belt
in Nepal (n = 35) reveal that the Lesser Himalayan zone consistently has a more negative ct4d(0) value than the Greater
and Tibetan Himalayan zones. Our data show the average £^d(0) value in the Lesser Himalayan zone is —21.5, whereas
the Greater and Tibetan Himalayan zones have an average CKid(O) value of —16. These consistently distinct values
throughout Nepal enable the use of Nd isotopes as a technique for distinguishing between Lesser Himalayan zone and
Greater Himalayan zone rock. The less negative Chid(O) values of the Greater Himalayan rocks support the idea that the
Greater Himalayan zone is not Indian basement, but rather a terrane that accreted onto India during Early Paleozoic
time. Neodymium isotopic data from Eocene through Pliocene foreland basin deposits (n = 34) show that sediment
provenance has been dominated by Greater and Tibetan Himalayan detritus across Nepal. The enaiT) values in the
synorogenic rocks in western and central Nepal generally show an up-section shift toward more negative values and
record the progressive unroofing of the different tectonostratigraphic zones. At 10 Ma in Khutia Khola and ~ 11 Ma
in Surai Khola, a shift in £Nd(71 values from —16 to —18 marks the erosional breaching of a large duplex in the
northern part of the Lesser Himalayan zone. This shift is not seen in eastern Nepal, where the f^dCT) values remain
close to —16 throughout Miocene time because there has been less erosional unroofing in this region. O 2001 Elsevier
Science B.V. All rights reserved.
Keywords: Nd-l44/Nd-!43; Himalayas; Nepal: provenance
• Corresponding author. Tel.: +1-520-621-6020; Fax: +1-520-621-2672.
E-mail addresses: [email protected] (D.M. Robinson), [email protected] (P.G. DeCelles), [email protected] (PJ. Patchett). [email protected] (C.N. Garzione).
1. Introduction
The Himalayan fold-thrust belt is composed of
four tectonostratigraphic terranes that are contin
uous along strike for a distance of ~2300 km
from northern Pakistan to the Namche Barwa
syntaxis [I]. These are, from north to south, the
Tibetan, Greater, and Lesser Himalayan zones
0012-821X/OI/S - see front matter O 2001 Elsevier Scicnce B.V. All rights reserved. P l l : S O O 1 2 - 8 2 1 X ( 0 I ) 0 0 4 S I - 4
123
APPENDIX B:
THE KINEMATIC EVOLUTION OF THE NEPALESE HIMALAYA INTERPRETED FROM NO ISOTOPES
Abstract
Neodymiutn (Nd) isotopes from the Himalayan fold-thrust belt and its associated
foreland basin deposits are useful for distinguishing between Himalayan
tectonostratigraphic zones and revealing the erosional unroofing history as controlled by
the kinematic development of the orogen. Neodymium isotopic data from the Himalayan
fold-thrust belt in Nepal (n=35) reveal that the Lesser Himalayan zone consistently has a
more negative eNd(O) value than the Greater and Tibetan Himalayan zones. Our data show
the average eNd(O) value in the Lesser Himalayan zone is -21.5, whereas the Greater and
Tibetan Himalayan zones have an average eNd(O) value of-16. These consistently distinct
values throughout Nepal enable the use of Nd isotopes as a technique for distinguishing
between Lesser Himalayan zone and Greater Himalayan zone rock. The less negative
eNd(O) values of the Greater Himalayan rocks support the idea that the Greater Himalayan
zone is not Indian basement, but rather a terrane that accreted onto India during early
Paleozoic time.
Neodymium isotopic data from Eocene through Pliocene foreland-basin deposits
(n=34) show that sediment provenance has been dominated by Greater and Tibetan
Himalayan detritus across Nepal. The eNd(T) values in the synorogenic rocks in western
and central Nepal generally show an up-section shift toward more negative values and
record the progressive unroofing of the different tectonostratigraphic zones. At -10 Ma in
124
Khutia Khola and ~I I Ma in Surai Khola, a shift in eNd(T) values from —16 to -18 marks
the erosionai breaching of a large duplex in the northern part of the Lesser Himalayan
zone. This shift is not seen in eastern Nepal, where the eNd(T) values remain close to —16
throughout Miocene time because there has been less erosionai unroofing in this region.
Introduction
The Himalayan fold-thrust belt is composed of four tectonostratigraphic terranes
that are continuous along strike for a distance of -2300 km from northern Pakistan to the
Namche Barwa syntaxis (Gansser, 1964). These are, from north to south, the Tibetan,
Greater, and Lesser Himalayan zones and Subhimalayan zone (Fig. B1). These terranes
are lithologically and petrologically distinctive, and thus, many studies have utilized
modal petrographic data to determine the erosionai unroofing history of the orogenic belt
and to develop kinematic sequences of thrust-sheet emplacement (Histatomi, 1990;
Critelli and Ingersoll, 1994; Pivnik and Wells, 1996; DeCelles et al., 1998a; DeCelles et
al., 1998b; Najman et al., 1997; Najman and Garzanti, 2000). Although these studies
reveal reasonably consistent results, the fact that similar lithologies likely to generate
sandy clastic detritus upon weathering, such as quartzite and coarse-grained quartzo-
feldspathic igneous rocks, are present in several of the Himalayan terranes renders
conventional petrographic studies somewhat equivocal when it comes to proving specific
source terranes. Ideally, modal petrographic data should be complemented by
strategically sampled geochemical data (Basu et al., 1990; McLennan et al., 1993;
Gleason et al., 1994). This approach is especially applicable to the Himalaya because
125
Western C H I N A (TIBET)
kiometers
I N D I A Central
Lithologies CD Subhimalayan zone
(Siwalik Group) PTl Miocene Granites
Tibetan Himalayan zone f "I Greater Himalayan zone I I Lesser Himalayan zone 26*
Samples
Q Dumri, Bhainskati and Siwalik Group
A Tibetan Himalayan zone • Greater Himalayan zone O Lesser Himalayan zone
Figure Bl. Generalized geologic map of Nepal, showing major thrust faults (barded lines), normal faults (double-ticked lines), and tectonostratigraphic terranes. MBT = Main Boundary thrust; MCT = Main Central thrust; DT = Dadeldhura thrust (Greater Himalaya klippe); STDS = South Tibetan detachment system. Lines labeled western, central, and eastern indicate schematic cross sections shown in Figure B6.
126
several previous studies have documented major differences between the Nd isotopic
signatures and detrital U-Pb zircon ages of two of the most important of these terranes—
the Lesser and Greater Himalayan zones (Parrish and Hodges, 1996; Whittington et al.,
1999; Gehrels et al., 1999; Ahmad et al., 2000; DeCelles et al., 2000).
The previous isotopic studies of the Himalayas were undertaken in restricted areas
in Pakistan (Whittington et al., 1999), northern India (Ahmad et al., 2000) and a small
area in central Nepal (Parrish and Hodges, 1996). A regional, along-strike data set is
needed to confirm the continuity of the patterns suggested in these previous studies. In
this paper, we present the results of Nd isotopic analyses of all of the Himalayan terranes
throughout Nepal from three >200 km long foot traverses that span an -800 km wide
region. In addition, we utilize the Nd isotopic compositions of paleontologically and
magnetostratigraphically dated Eocene-Pliocene foreland-basin deposits to assess the
erosional unroofing history of the orogenic belt. Our results confirm the previous isotopic
studies (with some modifications) of Himalayan terranes and require a tectonic
explanation of the major differences between Lesser and Greater Himalayan isotopic
compositions. In addition, a systematic erosional unroofing history of the orogen is
preserved in the Nd isotopic compositions of the foreland-basin deposits.
Regional Geologic Setting
Tectonostratigraphv of Nepal and Southern Tibet
The Himalayan orogen comprises four distinct tectonostratigraphic units. The
northernmost zone is the Tibetan Himalayan zone which is a ca. 50-25 Ma fold-thrust
127
belt composed of Cambrian to Eocene sedimentary rocks. It is -200 km wide and has a
stratigraphic thickness of 10 km (Bordet et al., 1971) (Fig. Bl). The stratigraphic
succession of this zone is referred to as the Tethyan sequence. The South Tibetan
Detachment system, a family of normal faults that activated ca. 23-20 Ma (Burchfiel and
Royden, 1985; Hodges et al., 1996; Harrison et al., 1997), separates the Tibetan
Himalayan zone from the Greater Himalayan zone to the south.
The Greater Himalayan zone is composed of paragneiss, orthogneiss, amphibolite,
schist, calc-silicates, marble, and metavolvanics and may be divided into three informal
formations (LeFort et al., 1994; Vannay and Hodges et al., 1996) (Fig. B2). The Greater
Himalayan zone consistently dips northward and may be up to 20 km thick (Schelling,
1992). Detrital zircon U-Pb ages reveal a maximum age of 830 Ma and intruding granites
yield a minimum age of ~480 Ma (Parrish and Hodges, 1996; Gehrels et al., 1999;
DeCelles et al., 2000). Several isolated synformal klippen south of the Greater Himalayan
zone consist of schist, metavolcanics, gneiss, and Paleozoic sedimentary rocks. These
include the Dadeldhura, Kamali, Kathmandu, and Jarjarkot klippen. The metamorphic
rocks in the klippen are thought to be related to the Greater Himalayan zone (Upreti and
LeFort, 1999). The unmetamorphosed sedimentary rocks in the klippen are similar to the
Tethyan sequence of the Tibetan Himalayan zone. The Greater Himalayan zone is
separated from the Lesser Himalayan zone by the Main Central thrust, which was active
beginning ca. 23-20 Ma (Hubbard and Harrison, 1989; Coleman, 1998; Godin et al.,
1999; Catlos et al., 2001).
128
Greater Himalayan Zone
Formation III Gamet-tourmaline augen orthogneiss, migmatitic quartzo-feldspathic sillimanite-bearing schist, and calc-silicate gneiss
ca. 480-500 Ma
Formation H Diopside-gamet-amphibole-bearing cal-silicate gneiss and marble
Formation I Kyanite-gamet bearing pelitic gneiss and migmatite, abundant quartzite
ca. 830 Ma
Lesser Himalayan Zone
Age Western Nepal DeCelles et al., 2001
Central Nepal Upreti 1996
Eastern Nepal modified
from Schelling 1992
Miocene Dumri Fm. Dumri Fm. Dumri Fm.
Eocene Bhainskati Fm Bhainskati Fm Bhainskati Fm
Cretaceous-Permian
Gondwanas Gondwanas Gondwanas
Middle Proterozoic
Early Proterozoic
Lakharpata Gr. (including Benighat slate)
Robang Fm. Malekhu Fm. Benighat Fm. Dhading Fm.
Tumlingtar Group (including Ulleri Augen Gneiss, 1.83 Ga)
Middle Proterozoic
Early Proterozoic
Syangia Fm Norpul Fm. Tumlingtar Group (including Ulleri Augen Gneiss, 1.83 Ga)
Middle Proterozoic
Early Proterozoic
Galyang Fm. Dandagaon Fm. Tumlingtar Group (including Ulleri Augen Gneiss, 1.83 Ga)
Middle Proterozoic
Early Proterozoic
Sangram Fm. <1.68 Ga
Fagfog Fm.
Tumlingtar Group (including Ulleri Augen Gneiss, 1.83 Ga)
Middle Proterozoic
Early Proterozoic
1.86
-1.8
3 G
a Ranimata Fm. (including Ulleri Augen Gneiss)
Kuncha Fm. (including Ulleri Augen Gneiss)
Tumlingtar Group (including Ulleri Augen Gneiss, 1.83 Ga)
Middle Proterozoic
Early Proterozoic
1.86
-1.8
3 G
a
Kushma Fm.
Kuncha Fm. (including Ulleri Augen Gneiss)
Tumlingtar Group (including Ulleri Augen Gneiss, 1.83 Ga)
Figure B2. Stratigraphy of the Lesser and Greater Himalayan zones. The Greater Himalayan nomenclaure was principally developed by LeFort (1994) and the ages by Parrish and Hodges (1996); Gehrels et al. (1999) and DeCelles et al. (2000).
129
The Lesser Himalayan zone is composed of unmetamorphosed to greenschist facies
sedimentary rocks with a stratigraphic thickness of -10 km (Upreti, 1996; DeCelles et al.,
2001). Rocks in the lower Lesser Himalayan sequence (Fig. B2; Kushma, Ranimata,
Ulleri and equivalents) are Paleo- and Meso-Proterozoic in age (1.86-1.83 Ga; Gehrels et
al., 1999; DeCelles et al., 2000). The Sangram Formation contains zircons that are as
young as 1.68 Ga; Gehrels et al., 1999; DeCelles et al., 2000). Algal stromatolites in the
Lakharpata Group suggest a Proterozoic age (Sakai, 1985). The remaining upper portion
of the Lesser Himalayan zone is composed of the Permian to Paleocene Gondwanas, the
Eocene Bhainskati Formation, and the Early Miocene Dumri Formation (Sakai, 1989).
We use the nomenclature for the stratigraphy from western Nepal for the equivalent
formations across Nepal (Fig. 32). The Lesser Himalayan zone contains a complex series
of thrust sheets and a hinterland-dipping duplex north of the synformal Greater
Himalayan klippen and an imbricated zone to the south of the klippen. The Lesser
Himalayan zone is separated from the Subhimalayan zone to the south by the Main
Boundary thrust, which was active in Middle-Late Miocene time (DeCelles et al., 2001).
The Subhimalayan zone consists of the Siwalik Group and contains the <14 Ma
synorogenic rocks shed from the fold-thrust belt. The Siwalik Group ranges in
stratigraphic thickness from 3.5-5.5 km and contains informal lower, middle, and upper
members. The members are imbricated into two or three southward directed and
northward-dipping thrust sheets. The active southernmost thrust is usually expressed as
130
an anticline at the surface and delineates the Main Frontal thrust (Powers et al., 1998;
Wesnousky et al., 1999; Lave and Avouac, 2000).
Previous Nd-isotopic Results
Previous studies have documented Nd-isotopic compositions of Himalayan rocks
in central Nepal, India, and Pakistan. The 8Nd(0) values obtained are as follows: -17 to
-11 in the Tethyan sequence (Ahmad et al., 2(X)0), -19 to -5 in the Greater Himalayan
sequence (Deniel et al., 1987; Inger and Harris., 1993; Inger and Harris, 1993; Massey et
al., 1994; Parrish and Hodges, 1996; Whittington et al., 1999; Ahmad et al., 2000) and
—28 to -15 in the Lesser Himalayan sequence (France-Lanord et al., 1993; Parrish and
Hodges, 1996; Ahmad et al., 2000). Samples from the lower Lesser Himalayan sequence
(Ranimata Formation and its stratigraphic equivalents) have eNd(O) values ranging from
—28 to -21. Samples from the upper Lesser Himalayan sequence (Sangram, Galyang, and
Syangia Formations and the Lakharpata Group and their stratigraphic equivalents) yield
ENd(O) values between -25 and -16. No previous Nd isotopic studies have been conducted
in the Subhimalayan zone.
Historically, the Lesser and Tethyan Himalayan sequences are considered to be
composed of sediments shed from the Indian craton, and the Greater Himalayan sequence
is considered to be Indian cratonic basement. Several recent Nd isotopic studies,
however, suggest that the Greater Himalayan rocks are not Indian basement (Parrish and
Hodges, 1996; Whittington et al., 1999; Ahmad et al., 2000). Sediments derived from an
old craton will record its characteristic negative £Nd(0) values (Michard et al., 1985;
131
McLennan et al., 1993). Therefore, the miogeoclinal and basement rocks in the fold-
thrust belt should yield the same isotopic characteristics of the Indian craton if they were
derived from that craton. The Indian craton consists of Archean and Early Proterozoic
metamorphic rocks (Naqvi and Rodges, 1987) that have very negative eNd(O) values
(Sharma et al., 1994). Rocks of the Lesser Himalayan zone are characterized by highly
negative eNd(O) values, consistent with sedimentary rocks derived from the Indian craton.
Rocks of the Greater Himalayan zone, by contrast, have eNd(O) values much less negative
than those of the Indian craton. In addition, U-Pb detrital zircon ages from the Greater
Himalayan sequence suggest that it is much younger than the Lesser Himalayan sequence
(Parrish and Hodges, 1996; Whittington et al., 1999; Ahmad et al., 2000). Thus, the rocks
of the Greater Himalayan zone are probably not Indian cratonic basement but are likely
an exotic terrane that accreted onto India during early Paleozoic time (DeCelles et al.,
2000).
Methods
Bedrock samples were collected along regional foot traverses along the Seti River
in western Nepal, the Kali Gandaki in central Nepal, and the Arun River in eastern Nepal.
These major river drainages served as inlets into the core of the mountain belt allowing
us to continuously collect samples while mapping wide swaths of territory. The
stratigraphic and structural frameworks of the samples are, therefore, well characterized
(DeCelles et al., 1998b; Robinson et al., 2000; DeCelles et al., 2001). Fine-grained
shales, slates, and phyllites and lithologically homogeneous rock from the Lesser and
132
Tibetan Himalayan zones were sampled. Large samples of the finest-grained paragneiss
and orthogneiss were collected from the Greater Himalayan zone. Siltstones in the
Subhimalayan zone were sampled at three locations south of the three transects at Khutia
Khola, Surai Khola, and Muksar Khola. These samples were collected from detailed
measured sections (Quade et al., 1997; DeCelles et al., 1998b) in conjunction with
magnetostratigraphic studies which established the age of each sample (Ojha et al.,
2000). Samples from the synorogenic Dumri and Bhainskati Formations were collected at
Swat Khola and the Dumri Bridge area, also in the context of detailed measured sections
(DeCelles et al., 1998a). The age of the Dumri Formation is known from paleomagnetic
stratigraphy [T.P. Ojha, personal communication] and detrital muscovite '^"Ar/^^Ar ages
that indicate the unit must be younger than -22 Ma (Najman et al., 1997; DeCelles et al.,
2001). The age of the Bhainskati Formation is known from detailed biostratigraphy
(Sakai, 1989).
Isotopic analyses were determined on a Thermal Ionization Mass Spectrometer
(TIMS) at the University of Arizona. Samples were powdered to less than 200 mesh in an
alumina shatter box. 300 mg samples were digested for one week in HF-HNO3 in high-
pressure teflon bomb vessels at 160°C. The samples were dried down and then heated
overnight in orthoboric acid and then dried down completely. After further HCl
treatments, separation of Sm and Nd was performed by standard techniques (Patchett and
Ruiz, 1987). Nd isotopic measurements were fractionation-corrected to ''^^Nd/'^^Nd =
0.7219. Table B1 contains the data from the bedrock samples (calculated at time T = 0).
Table B2 contains the data from the synorogenic sediments with initial eNd(T) values
133
calculated at the time of sedimentation. Depleted mantle model ages were calculated
based on the model of DePaolo (PePaolo, 1981). We list Nd model ages but do not
employ them in the discussion because mixed provenance can render model ages for
sediments very misleading (McDaniel et al., 1994). The La Jolla Nd isotopic standard
gave '•^^Nd/'^'^Nd = 0.511868 with one standard deviation of 0.000008 based on 10 runs.
Results
The eNd(O) values determined in this study are listed in Table BI and
distinguished in terms of their different tectonostratigraphic zones in Figure B3. The
Tibetan Himalayan zone samples range in eNd(O) values from —20.1 to -6.2. The less
evolved nature of sample ITBkag (-6.2), from the Cretaceous Chukh Formation in the
upper part of the Tethyan sequence, may be due in part to the presence of detrital
volcanic clasts derived from the magmatic arc (Garzanti et al., 1996) and/or obducted
ophiolites from the Indian-Eurasian collision.
Greater Himalayan paragneiss eNd(O) values range from -19.9 to —13.5, with an
orthogneiss at -9.8 (9TBkal). Two samples from the Dadeldhura thrust sheet (one of the
Greater Himalayan klippen) in western Nepal yielded £Nd(0) values of—7.6 from the
Kalikot Schist (DD-40) and -11.8 from the 492 Ma (DeCelles et al., 1998b) Dadeldhura
Granite (DDG-98).
The Lesser Himalayan zone samples produced eNd(O) values that range from
-25.5 to -15.9. Samples from the lower part of the Lesser Himalayan sequence
(Ranimata Formation) consistendy contain the most negative values of-25.5 to -21.9.
Table B1; Bedrock samples
Sample Rock Type Formation Location Age (Ma) Sm (ppm)* Nd (ppm)* 147Sm/144Nd' 143Nd/144Nd i2a £Nd(0)'' TDM(Ma)
Tibetan Himalayan zone UBkag sandstone Chukh Fm central 100 16.50 84,95 0.1174 0.512322 31 -6.2 1142 2T6pha shale Dogger Fm central 200 4.75 33.22 0.0864 0.511805 15 -16.2 1479 3TBjom shale Jomson Fm central 180 9.05 53.17 0.1028 0.511673 12 -18,8 1881 4TBSya phylllte Tilicho Fm central 400 10,35 63.38 0.0987 0.511671 9 -18,9 1816 STBMar phyllite TiiichoFm central 400 11,80 64.50 0.1105 0.51175 11 -17,3 1908 DD-31 shale Melmura Fm far western 400 5,84 29.59 0,1193 0.511734 7 -17,6 2114 DD-33 shale Melmura Fm far western 400 6.71 35.99 0.1128 0.51161 9 -20.1 2166 Greater Himalayan zone AG-106 paragneiss Formation 1 eastern 800 6.48 35.16 0.1113 0.511619 10 -19.9 2121 AG-109 paragnelss Formation 1 eastern 800 6.97 38.69 0.1089 0.511714 14 -18.0 1930 9TBkal orthogneiss Formation III central 800 7.08 27.92 0.1533 0.512137 30 -9.8 2289" 12TBgh paragneiss Fomiation 1 central 800 7.26 37.85 0,1160 0,511814 13 -16,1 1914 13TBru paragnelss Formation II central 800 8.36 41.77 0.1209 0,511946 14 -13.5 1798 AG-105 paragneiss Formation 1 eastem 800 2.17 8.85 0.1483 0.511836 14 -15.6 2845*
Greater Himalayan Klippen ODG-98 granite C-0 granite, DT far western 492 6.02 26,60 0.1369 0.512034 15 -11.8 1998* OD-40 schist Kalikot Schist, DT far western SOO 3.88 18,74 0.1250 0.512248 7 -7.6 1361 Lesser Himalayan zone K1-99 shale Benighat Fm central 1600 3.97 29.93 0.0801 0.511343 14 -25,3 1939 SR-37 shale Benighat Fm far western 1600 3.83 20.00 0.1159 0,51163 12 -19.7 2205 SR-3S shale Benighat Fm far western 1600 5,05 27.79 0.1098 0,511575 11 -20.7 2156 DD-58 shale Benighat Fm far western 1600 7,37 42.22 0.1055 0.51143 11 -23.6 2277 23TBtu shale Syangia Fm central 1600 5.82 33.15 0.1062 0.51163 26 -19.7 2003 23TBSe phylllte Syangia Fm central 1600 6.23 37,03 0.1016 0.511339 11 -25,3 2323 CH-1 phyllite Galyang Fm far western 1600 3.04 16.16 0.1138 0.51146 15 -23.0 2424 DD-15 phyllite Galyang Fm far western 1600 10.10 52.32 0,1167 0.511741 25 -17.5 2045 22TBPU shale Galyang Fm central 1600 7.36 37.77 0.1177 0.511711 13 -18.1 2116 24TBLI phyllite Galyang Fm central 1600 10.98 65.18 0.1018 0.511521 11 -21.8 2074 K3-99 shale Galyang Fm central 1600 3.57 18,42 0,1170 0.511557 9 -21.1 2349 DD-52 shale Sangram Fm far western 1600 9,31 49.94 0.1127 0.511822 12 -15.9 1839 20TBSI shale Sangram Fm central 1600 8,72 47,63 0.1107 0.511444 8 -23,3 2374 ISTBBra shale Ranimata Fm central 1870 6,70 38.76 0.1044 0.511333 42 -25,5 2393 K2-99 phyllite Ranimata Fm central 1870 6,62 34,82 0.1148 0.511396 15 -24,2 2553 AG-103 phyllite Ranimata Fm eastem 1870 6.75 35.31 0.1155 0.511518 10 -21.9 2376 AG-104 phyllite Ranimata Fm eastem 1870 3.90 21.22 0.1112 0.51137 12 -24.7 2499 SR-30 gneiss Ulleri far western 1850 5.26 25.11 0.1266 0.511647 8 -19.3 2455 AG-111 gneiss Ulleri eastem 1850 4.82 21.96 0.1327 0.511652 14 -19.2 2636* AG-112 gneiss Ulleri eastem 1850 5,15 25.72 0.1210 0.511571 11 -20.8 2430
* unrealistic model age probably due to elevated Sm/Nd ratio; ' 2a reproducibilities of 0.4%; * 2a reproducibilities of 1 %
X error in £l4d varies between 0.1 and 0.6 epsilon units, for young samples it is a function of the error in 143Nd/144Nd ISTBBra has an error of 0.8 epsilon units
135
I 3 3 O" U
2 -
1 -
-30 •25 -20 -15
8Nd(0)
-10
^ Tibetan Himalayan zone n=7
Greater Himalayan zone n=8 (including klippen)
I I Lesser Himalayan zone n=20
-5
Figure B3. £Nd(0) values from the Lesser, Greater, and Tibetan Himalayan zones across Nepal. Sample sites are marked on Figure 1.
136
Samples from the upper Lesser Himalayan sequence (Benighat, Syangia, Galyang, and
Sangram Formations) have values of -25.3 to —15.9. We observed no trend of
progressively less negative values up section in the upper Lesser Himalayan sequence as
reported by Ahmad et al. (2000) in Garhwal, India.
The foreland basin sequence exhibits a general up-section decrease in ENd(T)
values (Fig. 84). Samples from the Eocene Bhainskati Formation (Dumri Bridge, Table
B2) have eNd(T) values between -8.1 and -14.9. A major unconformity, spanning -15
million years, separates the Bhainskati from the overlying Early Miocene Dumri
Formation (DeCelles et al., 1998b). Samples from the Dumri Formation (Swat Khola,
Table B2) have eNd(T) values ranging from -14.5 to —13.1, and show a weak up-section
trend toward less negative values (Fig. B4). Samples from Khutia Khola (Table 2) start at
an ENd(T) value of-14.6 in the lower Siwalik member which was deposited beginning at
12 Ma. After ~10 Ma, the eNd(T) values in the middle Siwalik member trend toward more
negative values of approximately -18. This value seems to remain steady throughout
Middle-Late Miocene time at Khutia Khola (Fig. B4) with values becoming less negative
(—15.2) at 4 Ma. The average eNd(T) value is -16 for samples from Surai Khola (Table
B2) in the lower Siwalik member at 11 Ma. One data point in the middle Siwalik member
at 8 Ma has an eNd(T) value of-17.7. This suggests that a possible shift toward more
negative values occurred between 11 Ma and 8 Ma. The Surai Khola section becomes
less negative through Middle-Late Miocene time to —15.5 at 4 Ma, and the upper Siwalik
member has values between -17.7 and -16.4. Samples from Muksar Khola (Table B2)
have an eNd(T) value of -16 at 10 Ma. The values throughout Middle-Late Miocene time
137
Figure B4. eNd(T) values from the synorogenic rocks are plotted on the horizontal axis with stratigraphic thickness and corresponding time period on the vertical axis. Approximate ages (Ma) are given along the right hand side of the figure. Along the base, the range of eNd(O) values from the different tectonostratigraphic zones from our study and previous studies (Ahmad et al., 2000 and references therein) are shown with the average eNd(O) value marked with a black bar and the standard deviation of the average shownby the gray bars. For published data, the average and standard deviations are as follows; Lesser Himalayan zone (LHZ): -22.7±3 (n=58); Greater Himalayan zone (GHZ): -15.2±2.2 (n=53); Tibetan Himalayan zone (THZ): -15.6±3.7 (n=13). Two different scales are shown: eNd(O) values are labeled along the base of the figure corresponding to the average values, and eNd(T) values are labeled below the figure corresponding to the synorogenic rocks. Samples from the Eocene Bhainskati and Early Miocene Dumri Formations are from Swat Khola and the Dumri Bridge area in central Nepal. These values are appended to the base of the data from Khutia Khola in western Nepal, Surai Khola in central Nepal, and Muksar Khola in eastern Nepal.
138
Age Lithotectonic Unit
Late Miocene-Pliocene
Upper Siwalik
Middle-Late
Miocene
Middle Siwalik
Early Miocene
Lower Siwalik
Early Miocene
Eocene
Dumri
Bhainskati
O Khutia ^ Sural CI Muksar
Dumri Bhainskati
I I I I I I I I I I I -18-17-16-15-14-13-12-11-10-9 -8
8Nd(T)
THZ I
I GHZ LHZ ~l
I to I I I I I I I I I i I I I I I to I
-28 -24 -22 -20 -18 -16 -14 -12 -10 -6
eNd(O)
139
TabI* B2: Synoroganic foreland basin samplas
Sample member Age (Ma) Sm (ppmf Nd (ppm)* 147Sm/144Nd' 143Nd/144N(t t2a
Khutia Khola—Western Nepal KK30ps Lower 12 7.14 36.75 0.1174 0.511882 7 KK179ps Lower 11.5 8.17 43.92 0.1125 0.511822 11 KK437ps Lower 11 6.26 32.49 0.1165 0.511841 11 KIC730ps Lower 10.5 7.17 37.80 0.1147 0.511843 6 KK1234 Middle 9 7.41 40.09 0.1117 0.511763 6 KK146Sps Middle 8.5 6.67 34.40 0.1170 0.511723 7 KK2g47ps Middle 5 6.94 36.07 0.1164 0.511748 7 KK3292 Upper 4 7.47 39.32 0.1149 0.511859 11 KK3330 Upper 4 7.01 36.75 0.1152 0.511852 10
Sural Khola-Central Nepal SK87 Lower 11.5 7.01 35.70 0.1188 0.511794 7 SK79 Lower 11 5.45 26.22 0.1256 0.511838 11 SK91 Middle 8 6.07 30.70 0.1196 0.511727 6 SK95 Middle 5.5 6.34 32.64 0.1174 0.511795 8 SK114 Middle 4 7.77 40.69 0.1154 0.511839 23 SK110 Upper 2 5.37 28.04 0.1159 0.511715 9 SK98 Upper 1 6.14 31.93 0.1162 0.511789 7 SK72 Upper 1 7.18 37.27 0.1164 0.511814 11
Muksar Khola — Eastern Nepal GK67 Lower 10 7.92 42.27 0.1133 0.511813 8 GK395 Middle 9 7.98 41.10 0.1174 0.511808 8 GK651 Middle 9 6.86 33.78 0.1228 0.511805 13 GK835 Middle 8 8.06 41.52 0.1173 0.511773 12 GK1085 Middle 8 7.81 41.03 0.1150 0.511779 8 GK1377 Middle 7 8.88 43.21 0.1242 0.511843 24 GK1782 Middle 6 7.57 39.46 0.1159 0.511807 9 GK2531 Middle 5 8.10 42.08 0.1164 0.511813 9 GKUS4 Upper 4 8.24 42.78 0.1165 0.511821 14 GKUS5 Upper 4 8.46 43.34 0.1180 0.51183 8
Swat Khola ST497 697 m 20 7.08 36.71 0.1167 0.511902 6 ST627 827 m 18 7.61 38.70 0.1188 0.511885 7 ST997 1197 m 17 6.86 36.52 0.1135 0.511918 7 SKT 1397 m 15 7.26 36.48 0.1204 0.511957 6
Oumri Bridge Bal-28-96 0 45 7.22 35.13 0.1242 0.512199 14 DB0.1 100 m 42 9.25 46.62 0.1199 0.512067 5 DB11P 200 m 25 9.22 47.24 0.1180 0.511859 6
Modem River Sediment TR11 0 0 6.09 31.35 0.1174 0.51173 9
ENdCn" TDM (Ma)
-14.6 1834 -15.8 1835 -15.4 1882 -15.4 1845 -17.0 1911 -17.8 2084 -17.3 2027 -15.2 1823 -15.3 1840
-16.4 2004 -15.5 2083 -17.7 2132 -16.4 1973 -15.5 1863 -18.0 2068 -16.5 1959 -16.1 1922
-16.0 1864 -16.1 1952 -16.2 2076 -16.8 2007 -16.7 1951 -15.4 2042 -16.1 1924 -16.0 1924 -15.9 1913 -15.7 1930
-14.2 1788 -14.5 1857 -13.9 1708 -13.1 1769
-8.1 1433 -10.7 1581 -14.9 1883
-17.7 2078
' 2a reproducibilities of 0.4%
*2o reproducibilities of 1% " error in Nd varies between 0.1 and 0.5 epsilon units, for young samples it is a function of the error in 143Nd/144Nd
140
rarely vary from —16 with a minimum of—16.8 and a maximum of-15.4.
Discussion
Patterns
Tibetan Himalayan zone samples from our study have an average eNd(O) value of
-16.4, and Greater Himalayan zone samples have an average eNd(O) value of-15.5. The
Nd isotopic similarity of these two terranes makes it difficult to distinguish between them
using Nd isotopes. Lesser Himalayan zone samples have an average eNd(O) value of
—21.5. Our data (Table Bl, Fig. B3) show that some overlap occurs between Lesser and
Greater Himalayan eNd(O) values in Nepal. However, in the context of previously
published Nd isotopic data from throughout the Himalaya (Ahmad et al., 2000) which
indicate a clear-cut separation between the Lesser and Greater Himalayan values, this
overlap is relatively minor. In general, the Lesser Himalayan eNd(O) values are
significantly more negative than eNd(O) values in the Greater and Tibetan Himalayan
zones. Therefore, we conclude that Nd isotopes can be used to distinguish between rocks
of the Lesser Himalayan zone and the Greater and Tibetan Himalayan zones across
Nepal. This is consistent with results from Ahmad et al. (20(X)). The ability to
differentiate between Lesser and Greater Himalayan rocks is important in areas such as
the Main Central thrust, which separates the two zones. The location of the thrust is
debated because there is no clear structural discontinuity across the boundary (Arita et al.,
1983; Pecher, 1989; Hodges, 2000; Catlos et al., 2001). Careful sampling for Nd isotopic
141
studies in the context of detailed geologic mapping may help to resolve the debate about
where to place the Main Central thrust in the field.
The Bhainskati and Dumri Formations show an up-section trend from EnciCT)
values of -8.1 during Eocene time to —14.1 during Early-Middle Miocene time. The less
negative values in the Eocene suggest the source of sediment was the upper part of the
Tibetan Himalayan zone, which is characterized by less negative values. The eNd(T)
values in Early Miocene time (—16) reflect the average values of the Greater/lower
Tibetan Himalayan zones and thus were probably derived from these two zones (Fig.
B5A). There is a shift to slightly more negative eNci(T) values of approximately -18 in the
lower Siwalik member after -lO Ma in Khutia Khola and after ~11 Ma in Surai Khola.
We interpret the negative shift as the result of erosional breaching of a growing duplex in
the Lesser Himalayan zone in the northern portion of the central and western parts of the
fold-thrust belt in Nepal (Figs. B5B, B5C; DeCelles et al., 2001). The £,vd(T) values in
Muksar Khola in eastern Nepal do not show a shift toward more negative values but
instead remain steady through Miocene time (-16). Thus, the esdCT) values from the
synorogenic sedimentary rocks suggest that eastern Nepal has experienced less erosional
unroofing. This is consistent with geologic mapping, which indicates that Greater
Himalayan rocks still blanket the Lesser Himalayan sequence. Lesser Himalayan rock
was not exposed until recently when erosion created the Arun River Gorge north of
Muksar Khola and cut down into the lower Lesser Himalayan Ramgarh thrust sheet
(Kushma and Ranimata Formations and equivalents). The eNd(T) values at Khutia Khola
seem to remain steady at -18 through Middle-Late Miocene time but revert back to a
142
-16.4 -21.5 Tus & Q
5-0 Ma: Motion on the Main Boundary thrust (MBT); emplacement of thrust sheets in Main Frontal thrust system (Ml^: further constriction of DT sheet; deposition of upper Siwalik Group (Tus) and Quaternary alluvium (Q)
-tti A -ItiA
15-6 Ma: Emplacement of the Ramgarh thrust sheet (RT; upper Lesser Himalaya); growth of Lesser Himalayan duplex; folding of north limb of DT sheet; deposition of middle Siwalik Group (Tms)
Td&Tb -15.4 -16.4
A.
-45-16 Ma: Tibetan fold-thrust belt in place; Main Central thrust sheet (MCT) thrust over the southern Greater Himalayan thrust sheet called the Dadeldhura thrust (DT) in western Nepal; emplacement of DT sheet; deposition of Dumri (Td) and Bhainskati (Tb) Formations
•1 Tibetan Himalayan zone CD Lesser Himalayan zone
EH] Greater Himalayan zone EHI] Synorogenic foreland-basin deposits
Figure B5: Schematic reconstruction of the Himalayan fold-thrust belt in western Nepal. Abbreviations are as follows: STDS = South Tibetan detachment system; MCT = Main Central thrust; DT = Dadeldhura thrust; RT = Rmagarh thrust; MBT = Main Boundary thrust; MFT = Main Frontal thust; Tb = Bhainskati Formation; Td = Dumri Formation; Tsm = Tertiary middle Siwalik member; Tsu = Tertiary upper Siwalik member; Q = Quaternary alluviaum. The arrows show the average £Nd(0) values of the tectono-stratigraphic zones (from this study only) that contributed detritus to the foreland basin deposits during each time period.
143
Greater/Tibetan Himalayan signature of-15 between 5 and 4 Ma. We explain this
reversal of values by stream capture of Greater Himalayan detritus in the hinterland river
system. The £Nd(T) values at Surai Khola begin to shift toward —15 at 6 Ma. We interpret
this shift to be the result of the Greater/Tibetan Himalayan rocks overwhelming the
system, damping the more negative Lesser Himalayan signature. The ENd(T) values at
Surai Khola shift to -18 at 2 Ma and then back to -15 at 1 Ma. Again, we interpret these
variations as the result of drainage basin reorganization in the hinterland.
The influence of the more negative Nd isotopic signature of the Lesser Himalayan
source rocks in the synorogenic sedimentary rocks is subtle. One explanation for why this
negative shift may not be as pronounced as expected at the time the Lesser Himalayan
sequence was erosionally breached may be that the abundance of REE's is lower in the
Lesser Himalayan sequence. Marine carbonates, which make up approximately one-third
of the Lesser Himalayan sequence, have lower concentrations of REE's than siliciclastic
sedimentary rocks. Thus an equal mixture of detritus derived from Lesser and
Greater/Tibetan Himalayan sources would be donunated by Nd from the Greater/Tibetan
Himalayan zones. Modem sediment from the Trisuli River in central Nepal yielded an
eNd(T) value of—17 (Table B2), which agrees with the inference that the more negative
values of the Lesser Himalayan zone are being overwhelmed by Greater/Tibetan
Himalayan detritus. The inference that paleo-river systems in the Himalaya were
dominated by Greater/Tibetan Himalayan detritus is supported by data from the Bengal
fan. The average eNd(O) value since 17 Ma in the Bengal fan is -15 (Bouquillon et al.,
1990; France-Lanord et al., 1993), which reflects the average values of the
144
Greater/Tibetan Himalayan zones. Coupled with our data from the Eocene and Early
Miocene rocks of the foreland basin, this indicates that the Greater/Tibetan Himalayan
zones have supplied the majority of the eroded silicate material from the Himalaya
throughout the Cenozoic. Despite the dominance of Greater/Tibetan Himalaya detritus
since Middle Miocene time, some middle and upper Siwalik foreland basin deposits have
fairly negative EmiCT) values (—18), which suggests that these transverse drainage
systems may be less well-mixed than Bengal fan sediments. Therefore, the influx of
sediment with more negative exdCT) values can be used to identify the time of erosional
unroofing of the Lesser Himalayan zone.
Unroofino/kinematic history
The isotopic data from the synorogenic sedimentary rocks allow us to constrain
the unroofing history across Nepal since Middle Eocene time. The schematic three-
dimensional diagrams in Figure B6 represent our interpretation of the Nd isotopic data at
45-16 Ma, 15-6 Ma and 5-0 Ma. The eNd(T) values in the Dumri Formation show a river
system dominated by Greater/Tibetan Himalayan detritus from 45-16 Ma (Fig. B6A).
These tectonostratigraphic zones were exposed in the fold-thrust belt, actively shedding
detritus to be stored in the foreland basin (Figs. B5A, B6A). By Early Miocene time, the
Tibetan portion of the fold-thrust belt had already formed, the South Tibetan Detachment
system had tectonically unroofed Greater Himalayan rocks, and the Main Central thrust
was the front of the fold-thrust belt. The eNd(T) values in the middle Siwalik member
show river systems influenced by Lesser Himalayan detritus at 11-10 Ma in western and
145
Figure 6. Interpreted evolution of the Himalayan fold-thrust belt based on EnciCO) values in the Lesser, Greater, and Tibetan Himalayan zones and the synorogenic sedimentary rocks. Caption for Fig. B5 lists the abbreviations. On the left side of each diagram, the positions of the western (W), central (C), and eastern (E) transects are shown (locations given in Figure 1). The western transect coincides with the Seti and Kamali Rivers and the Khutia Khola data, the central transect with the Trisuli and Kali Gandaki Rivers and the Surai Khola data, and the eastern transect with the Arun River and the Muksar Khola data. The eNd(O) values are from this study only. For all available data, see the bottom of Figure B4.
146
C. 5
B. 15-1
A. 45-16 Ma
Tibetan Himalayan zone ; Avg £Nd(0): -16.4
dl Greater Himalayan zone: Avg £Nd(0): -15.4
• Lesser Himalayan zone: Avg £Nd(0): -21.5
ElU Synorogenic foreland-basin deposits
147
central Nepal (Fig. B6B). The Greater Himalayan zone had been unroofed in these
regions and the Lesser Himalayan zone was exposed by erosional breaching of the
growing Lesser Himalayan duplex in the northern part of the fold-thrust belt added more
negative values to the foreland-basin deposits (Figs. B5B, B6B). The growth of the
Lesser Himalayan duplex passively folded the Main Central thrust sheet and the Greater
Himalayan klippen to the south of the duplex along with the overlying Tibetan
Himalayan zone (e.g. the Dadeldhura thrust sheet, DT; Fig. B5B). Our data show that the
tectonostratigraphic zones within the Dadeldhura thrust sheet have an average eNd(O)
value of-14 (Fig. B5B). The eNd(T) values in the middle Siwalik member in eastern
Nepal show a river system still dominated by Greater/Tibetan Himalayan detritus at 11-
10 Ma. Greater Himalayan rock covered eastern Nepal and supplied the detritus to be
stored in the foreland basin. The Ramgarh thrust sheet, which carries the lower Lesser
Himalayan sequence (Kushma and Ranimata Formations and equivalents), marked the
front of the fold-thrust belt. The eNd(T) values in the upper Siwalik member at 5-0 Ma
show a complex river system in western and central Nepal. Stream capture in the
hinterland produced variable eNd(T) values at Khutia and Surai Kholas. Kinematic
reconstructions show motion on the Main Boundary thrust at ~5 Ma and motion of the
Main Frontal thrust system after 3 Ma (Figs. BSC, B6C; DeCelles et al., 2001). Muksar
Khola in eastern Nepal maintained a steady Greater/Tibetan Himalayan isotopic
signature. This suggests that the Arun River Gorge north of the Muksar Khola has only
recently exposed rock of the lower Lesser Himalayan sequence, which provides a limited
amount of silicate detritus to the system. The unknown in our reconstruction is the extent
148
of the development of the Lesser Himalayan duplex in eastern Nepal. Schelling (1992)
showed a duplex with two horses. Because we have recently recognized the Ramgarh
thrust sheet in eastern Nepal, more mapping is needed to clarify the structural
relationships and the character of the Lesser Himalayan duplex.
Conclusions
We began this study with two simple questions. Does the Lesser Himalayan zone
consistently have more negative 6Nd(0) values than the Greater Himalayan zone across
Nepal? If so, can this difference in Nd isotopic signatures be used in the synorogenic
foreland basin deposits to help understand the unroofing history of the Himalaya? We
collected Nd isotopic data across an 800 km wide region in the Nepalese part of the
Himalayan fold-thrust belt by foot traverses into the mountain range in conjunction with
regional mapping. The data have lead us to the following conclusions.
1. The Lesser Himalayan zone has an average ENd(O) value of-21.5. The Greater and
Tibetan Himalayan zones have an average eNd(O) value of-16. This difference in ENd(O)
values is consistent across Nepal. Combined with previous studies in India, this
demonstrates that Nd isotopes are useful as a means of distinguishing between the Lesser
and Greater/Tibetan Himalayan zones across most of the Himalaya. This may be
important for attempts to understand the kinematics of the so-called Main Central thrust
zone.
2. Progessive unroofing of the Himalayan fold-thrust belt is recorded in the Nd isotopic
signatures of Eocene-Pliocene synorogenic rocks. Erosion of Lesser Himalayan rock is
149
recorded in the foreland basin by a shift toward more negative EnciCT) values during
Middle-Late Miocene time. These data support previous kinematic interpretations of the
Lesser Himalayan duplex (DeCelles et al., 1998a; DeCelles et al., 1998b; DeCelles et ai.,
2001). Isotopes in the synorogenic foreland basin deposits in eastern Nepal are consistent
with field observations that indicate that there has been less erosional unroofing in that
region.
3. The Nd isotopic signature in the foreland basin system and the Bengal fan is
dominated by Greater/Tibetan Himalayan sources. This is because about one-third of the
Lesser Himalayan zone is composed of carbonate source rocks, which allows the
Greater/Tibetan Himalayan signatures to dominate the Nd isotopic record.
4. The eNd(O) values in the Greater Himalayan zone reveal that the rock is more juvenile
than that of the Indian craton, which indicates that it is not Indian basement. These data
provide support for previous interpretations that the Greater Himalayan rocks are exotic
to India and accreted onto India during the Early Paleozoic.
Acknowledgments
Many thanks to Clark Isachsen and Jeff Vervoort for analytical instruction. John
Chesley and Ofori Pearson provided fruitful discussions that improved our understanding
of the data. The clarity of this manuscript was improved by reviews from Asish Basu and
Scott McLennan. This project was supported by NSF grant EAR-9814060 to DeCelles
and Patchett. Robinson was supported by the Geological Society of America, the
Department of Geosciences at the University of Arizona, and donors to the Geostructures
150
Partnership at the University of Arizona, including BP, Exxon, Conoco and Midland
Valley Exploration.
151
References
Ahmad, T., Harris, N., Bickle, M., Chapman, H., Bunbury, J., Prince, C., 2000, Isotopic constraints on the structural relationships between the Lesser Himalayan Series and the High Himalayan Crystalline Series, Garhwal Himalaya: Geological Society of America Bulletin, v. 112, p. 467-477.
Arita, K, 1983, Origin of inverted metamorphism of the lower Himalaya, Central Himalaya: Tectonophysics, v. 95, p. 43-60.
Basu, A.R., Sharma, M., and DeCelles, P.G., 1990, Nd, Sr-isotopic provenance and trace element geochemistry of Amazonian foreland basin fluvial sands, Bolivia and Peru: implications for ensialic Andean orogeny: Earth and Planetary Science Letters, v. 100, p. 1-17.
Bordet, P., Colchen, M., Krummenacher, D., Le Fort, P., Mouterde, R., and Remy, M., 1971, Recherches geologiques dans 1'Himalaya du Nepal: region de la Thakkhola: Editions du Centre National de la Recherche Scientiflque, Paris, France, 279pp.
Bouquillon, A., France-Lanord, C., Michard, A., and Tiercelin, J., 1990, Sedimentology and Isotopic Chemistry of the Bengal Fan Sediments: The Denudation of the Himalaya, in Proceedings of the Ocean Drilling Program: Scientific Results, v. 116, p. 43-58.
Burchfiel, B.C., and Royden, L.H., 1985, North-south extension within the convergent Himalayan region: Geology, v. 13, p. 679-682.
Catlos, E.J., Harrison, T.M., Kohn, M.J., Grove, M., Ryerson, F.J., Manning, C., and Upreti, B.N., 2001, Geochronologic and thermobarometric constraints on the evolution of the Main Central thrust, central Nepal Himalaya: Journal of Geophysical Research, v. 106, p. 16,177-16, 204.
Coleman, M.E., 1998, U-Pb constraints on Oligocene-Miocene deformation and anatexis within the central Himalaya, Marsyandi valley, Nepal: American Journal of Science, v. 298, p. 553-571.
Crittelli, S., and Ingersoll, R.V., 1994, Sandstone petrology and provenance of the Siwalik Group (northwestern Pakistan and western-southeastern Nepal): Journal of Sedimentological Research, Section A, v. 64, p. 815-823.
DeCelles, P.G., Gehrels, G.E., Quade, J., Kapp, P.A., Ojha, T.P., and Upreti, B.N., 1998a, Neogene foreland basin deposits, erosional unroofing, and the kinematic history of the Himalayan fold-thrust belt, western Nepal: Geological Society of America Bulletin, v. 110, p. 2-21.
152
DeCelies, P.G., Gehrels, G.E., Quade, J., and Ojha, T.P., 1998b, Eocene-early Miocene foreland basin development and the history of Himalayan thrusting, western and central Nepal: Tectonics, v. 17, p. 741-765.
DeCelles, P.O., Gehrels, G.E., Quade, J., LaReau, B., and Spurlin, M., 2000, Tectonic implications of U-Pb zircon ages of the Himalayan orogenic belt in Nepal: Science, v. 288, p. 497-499.
DeCelles, P.G., Robinson, D.M., Quade, J., Copeland, P., Upreti, B.N., Ojha, T.P., and Garzione, C.N., 2001, Regional structure and stratigraphy of the Himalayan fold-thrust belt, farwestem Nepal: Tectonics, v. 20, p. 487-509.
Deni6l, C., Vidal, P., and LeFort, P., 1986, The Himalayan leucogranites and their probable parent material: The Tibetan slab gneisses: Academie des Science Compte Rendu, v. 303, p. 57-62.
Deniel, C., Vidal, P., Fernandez, A., LeFort, P., and Peucat, J.J., 1987, Isotopic study of the Manaslu granite (Himalaya, Nepal): Inferences of the age and source of Himalayan leucogranites: Contributions to Mineralogy and Petrology, v. 96, p. 78-92.
DePaolo, D.J.,1981, Neodymium isotopes in the Colorado Front Range and crust-mantle evolution in the Proterozoic: Nature, v. 291, p. 193-196.
France-Lanord, D., Deny, L., and Michard, A., 1993, Evolution of the Himalaya since Miocene time: Isotopic and sedimentological evidence from the Bengal Fan, in Treloar, P.J., and Searle, M.P., eds., Himalayan tectonics: Geological Society [London] Special Publication 74, p. 605-622.
Garzanti, E., Critelli, S., and Ingersoll, R.V., 1996, Paleogeographic and paleotectonic evolution of the Himalayan Range as reflected by detrital modes of Tertiary sandstones and modem sands (Indus transects, India and Pakistan): Geological Society of America Bulletin, v. 108, p. 631-642.
Gansser, A., 1964, Geology of the Himalayas: London, Wiley Interscience, 289 p.
Gehrels, G.E., DeCelles, P.G., Quade, J., Lareau, B., and Spurlin, M., 1999, Tectonic implications of detrital zircon ages from the Himalayan orogen in Nepal: Geological Society of America Abstracts with Programs, A374.
Gleason, J.D., Patchett, P.J., Dickinson, W.R., and Ruiz, J., 1994, Nd isotopes link Ouachita turbidites to Appalachian source: Geology, v. 22, p. 347-350.
153
Godin, L., Brown, R.L., and Hanmer, S., 1999, High strain zone in the hanging wall of the Annapuma detachment, central Nepal Himalaya, in Macfarlane, A., Sorkhabi, R.B., Quade, J., eds., Himalaya and Tibet: Mountain Roots to Mountain Tops: Geological Society of America Special Paper 328, p. 199-210.
Harrison, T.M., Ryerson, F.J., LeFort, P., Yin, A., Lovera, O., and Catlos, E.J., 1997, A late Miocene-Pliocene origin for the central Himalayan inverted metamorphism: Earth and Planetary Science Letters, v. 146, p. E1-E7.
Histatomi, K., 1990, The sandstone petrography of the Churia (Siwalik Grolup in the Arung Khola-Binai Khola area, west central Nepal: Bulletin of Faculty of Education, Wakayama University Natural Science, v. 39, p. 5-39.
Hodges, K.V., 2000, Tectonics of the Himalaya and southern Tibet from two perspectives: Geological Society of America Bulletin, v. 112, p. 324-350.
Hodges, K.V., Parrish, R.R., and Searle, M.P., 1996, Tectonic evolution of the central Annapuma Range, Nepalese Himalayas: Tectonics, v. 15, p. 1264-1291.
Hubbard, M.S., and Harrison, T.M., 1989, ''"Ar/^^Ar age constraints on deformation and metamorphism in the Main Central thrust zone and Tibetan slab, eastern Nepal Himalaya: Tectonics, v. 8, p. 865-880.
Inger, S., and Harris, N.B.W., 1993, Geochemical constraints on leucogranite magmatism in the Langtang Valley, Nepal Himalaya: Journal of Petrology, v. 34, p. 345-368.
Lave, J., and Avouac, J.P., 2000, Active folding of fluvial terraces across the Siwaliks Hills, Himalayas of central Nepal: Journal of Geophysical Research, v. 105, p. 5735-5770.
LeFort, P., 1994, French earth sciences research in the Himalayan region: Kathmandu, Nepal, Alliance Frangaise, 174 pp.
Massay, J.A., 1994, Fluid circulation and fault-controlled magmatism in the Central Himalayas: [Ph.D dissertation], Milton Keynes, United Kingdom, Open University, 399 pp.
McDaniel, D.K., Hemming, S.R., McLennan, S.M., and Hanson, G.N., 1994, Partial resetting of Nd isotopes and redistribution of REE during sedimentary processes: The Early Proterozoic Chelmsford Formation, Sudbury Basin, Ontario, Canada: Geochemica Cosmochim. Acta, v. 58, p. 931-941.
McLennan, S.M., Hemming, S.R., McDaniel, D.K., Hanson, G.N., 1993, Geochemical approaches to sedimentation, provenance, and tectonics, in M.J. Johnson, A.
154
Basu, eds.. Processes Controlling the Composition of Clastic Sediments; Geological Society of America Special Paper 284, p. 21-40.
Michard, A., Gurriet, P., Soudant, M., Albarede, F., 1985, Nd isotopes in French Phanerozoic shales: external vs. internal aspects of crustal evolution: Geochimica Cosmochim. Acta, v. 49, p. 601-610.
Najman, Y.M.R., Pringle, M.S., Johnson, M.R.W., Robertson, A.H.F., Wijbrans, J.R., 1997, Laser ""^Ar/^^Ar dating of single detrital muscovite grains from early foreland-basin sedimentary deposits in India: Implications for early Himalayan evolution: Geology, v. 25, p. 535-538.
Najman, Y., and Garzanti, E., 2000, Reconstructing early Himalayan tectonic evolution and paleogeography from Tertiary foreland basin sedimentary rocks, northern India: Geological Society of America Bulletin, v. 112, p. 435-449.
Naqvi, S.M., and Rogers, 1987, Precambrian geology of India: New York, Clarendon Press—Oxford Press, Oxford Monographs on Geology and Geophysics, 223 pp.
Ojha, T.P., Butler, R.F., Quade, J., DeCelles, P.G., Richards, D., and Upreti, B.N., 2000, magnetic polarity stratigraphy of the Neogene Siwalik Group at Khutia Khola, far western Nepal: Geological Society of America Bulletin, v. 112, p. 424-434.
Parrish, R.R., and Hodges, K.V., 1996, Isotopic constraints on the age and provenance of the Lesser and Greater Himalayan sequences, Nepalese Himalaya: Geological Society of America Bulletin, v. 108, p. 904-911.
Patchett, P.J., and Ruiz, J., 1987, Nd isotopic ages of crust formation and metamorphism in the Precambrian of eastern and southern Mexico: Contributions to Mineralogy and Petrology, v. 96, p. 523-528.
Pecher, A., 1989, The metamorphism in the central Himalaya: Journal of Metamorphic Geology, v. 7, p. 31-41.
Pivnik, D.A., and Wells., N.A., 1996, The transition from Tethys to the Himalaya as recorded in northwest Pakistan: Geological Society of America Bulletin, v. 108, p. 1295-1313.
Powers, P.M., Lillie, R.J., and Yeates, R.S., 1998, Structure and shortening of the Kangra and Dehra Dun reentrants, Sub-Himalaya, India: Geological Society of America Bulletin, v. 110, p. 1010-1027.
Quade, J, Roe, L., DeCelles, P.G., and Ojha, T.P., 1997, The late Neogene 87Sr/86Sr
155
record of lowland Himalayan rivers: Science, v. 276, p. 1828-1831.
Robinson, D.M., DeCelles, P.G., and Gehrels, G.E., 2000, Contributions of Himalayan and Tibetan upper crustal shortening to thickening of the Tibetan Plateau: EOS, Transactions of the American Geophysical Union, abstracts with programs, v. 81.
Sakai, H., 1985, Geology of the Kali Gandaki Supergroup of the Lesser Himalayas in Nepal: Memoirs of the Faculty of Science, Kyushu University, [D], v. 25, p. 337-397.
Sakai, H., 1989, Rifting of the Gondwanaland and uplifting of the Himalayas recorded in Mesozoic and Tertiary fluvial sediments in the Nepal Himalaya, in, Taira, A., and Masuda, F., eds.. Sedimentary Facies in the Active Plate Margin: Terra Science, Tokyo, p. 723-732.
Schelling, D., 1992, The tectonostratigraphy and structure of the eastern Nepal Himalaya: Tectonics, v. 11, p. 925-943.
Sharma, M., Basu, A.R., and Ray, S.L., 1994, Sm-Nd isotopic and geochemical study of the Archean tonalite—amphibolite association from the eastern Indian craton: Contributions to Mineralogy and Petrology, v. 117, p. 45-55.
Upreti, B.N., 1996, Stratigraphy of the western Nepal Lesser Himalaya: a synthesis: Journal of Nepal Geological Society, v. 13 p. 11-28.
Upreti, B.N., and Lefort, P., 1999, Lesser Himalayan crystalline nappes of Nepal: Problems of their origin, in Macfarlane, A., Sorhabi, R.B., and Quade, J., eds., Himalaya and Tibet: Mountain roots to Mountain Tops: Geological Society of America Special Paper 328, p. 225-238.
Vannay, J.-C., and Hodges, K.V., 1996, Tectonometamorphic evolution of the Himalayan metamorphic core between Annapuma and Dhaulagiri, central Nepal: Journal of Metamorphic Geology, v. 14, p. 635-656.
Wesnousky, S.G., Kumar, S., Mohindra, R., and Thakur, V.C., 1999, Uplift and convergence along the Himalayan frontal thrust of India: Tectonics, v. 18, p. 967-976.
Whittington, A., Foster, G., Harris, N., Vance, D., and Ayers, M., 1999, Lithostratigraphic correlations in the western Himalaya—An isotopic approach: Geology, v. 27, p. 585-588.
156
APPENDIX C:
KINEMATIC ALTERNATIVE TO REACTIVATION OF THE MAIN CENTRAL
THRUST IN NEPAL
Abstract
Recent models developed from Th-Pb monazite, "^^Ar/^^Ar ages, and structural
data from the Main Central thrust (MCT) zone in Nepal suggest the possibility of major
(several tens of km) reactivation of the fault zone during Late Miocene-Pliocene time.
We present an alternative kinematic model that relies on the growth of a duplex instead
of MCT reactivation. Geometric reconstructions show that at its current exposure level,
the MCT juxtaposes a hanging wall flat in Greater Himalayan rocks with a footwall flat
in Lesser Himalayan rocks of the Ramgarh thrust sheet. The Ramgarh thrust is the roof
thrust of a large duplex in Lesser Himalayan rocks. Sequential emplacement of the MCT
sheet, Ramgarh sheet, and insertion of thrust sheets within the Lesser Himalayan duplex
can explain both the thermochronologic and geochronologic data sets from the MCT
zone. The northward dip of rocks in the vicinity of the MCT, as well as the fault itself,
was obtained by passive tilting and uplift above the northern limb of the Lesser
Himalayan duplex. Although our model does not rule out minor, late-stage reactivation of
the MCT, it suggests that the extreme amount of out-of-sequence slip required in existing
models is neither necessary nor consistent with regional information from across the
Himalayan fold-thrust belt.
157
Introduction
Stretching the entire length of the Himalayan orogenic belt, the Main Central
thrust (MCT) is one of the world's longest faults. The hanging wall is composed of
amphibolite-grade gneiss and schist of the Greater Himalaya, which were thrust upon
greenschist-grade metasedimentary rocks (mainly phyllite) of the Lesser Himalaya during
early Miocene time (Hodges, 2000). Recently, detailed geochronological studies have
produced Th-Pb ages from monazite inclusions in garnets within rocks close to the MCT
that suggest a major reactivation of the MCT during late Miocene-Pliocene time
(Harrison et al., 1998; Catlos et al., 2001a, 2001b). This data set is intriguing because it
suggests that the MCT may have experienced as much as -40 km of reactivational slip, a
greater magnitude than out-of-sequence thrusting events documented in any fold-thrust
belt.
In this paper, we demonstrate that the regional structural context of the MCT does
not require out-of-sequence reactivation of the MCT to explain the young Th-Pb
monazite ages in rocks from the MCT zone. We suggest that the structure and
metamorphism in the MCT zone can be explained by the development of a large duplex
in Lesser Himalayan rocks in the footwall of the MCT. Although we do not entirely rule
out recent reactivation of the MCT, we submit that the regional scale structure of the
Himalayan fold-thrust belt follows most of the classic rules of thrust belt behavior,
including an overall forward and upsection progression of the thrust faults toward the
foreland.
158
Regional Tectonic Setting
Following initial collision between India and Asia at -55 Ma (Rowley, 1996;
Hodges, 2000) major thrust faults propagated southward and sequentially incorporated
the four main tectonostratigraphic zones of the orogenic belt. These zones are referred to
as the Tibetan Himalaya (TH), Greater Himalaya (GH), Lesser Himalaya (LH), and
Subhimalaya (SH) (Fig. CI; Gansser, 1964). Separating the zones are major fault
systems: the South Tibetan detachment system (STDS) between the TH and GH, the
MCT between the GH and LH, and the Main Boundary thrust (MBT) between the LH
and SH.
The TH comprises Paleozoic-Mesozoic sedimentary rocks that accumulated along
the passive northern margin of the Indian craton in the Tethys Ocean (Gaetani et al.,
1985; Brookfield, 1993). The Greater Himalaya consists of a 5-20 km thick assemblage
of middle to upper amphibolite-grade, meta-sedimentary and meta-igneous rocks (Pecher,
1989; Schelling, 1992; Vannay and Hodges, 1996; Manickvasagam et al., 1999). Detrital
zircon U-Pb ages permit a maximum age of -830 Ma and intrusive granites yield a
minimum age of -480 Ma for GH rocks (Parrish and Hodges, 1996; Gehrels et al., 1999;
DeCelles et al., 2000). Peak metamorphic temperatures in the GH increase northward in
an upsection direction from -550°C to -800°C (e.g., Pecher, 1989; Ganguly et al., 2000;
Vannay and Grasemann, 2001), accompanied by either a slightly northward declining or
flat field gradient in peak metamorphic pressure in the range of 8-10 kbar (Vannay and
Grasemann, 1998, 2001; Ganguly et al., 2000). Metamorphic conditions in the footwall
of the MCT also increase structurally upward (northward), from chlorite through biotite.
159
C H I N A (TIBET)
kilometers
I N D I A Chalnpur \S>>e
Ba^^ofBengal
"MST Pokhara
Lithologies l - : l Subhimalayanzone
(Siwalik Group; SH) E3 Miocene Granites
Tibetan Himalayan (TH) r "I Greater Himalayan (GH)
I I Lesser Himalayan (LH) STDS = South Tibetan detachment system MCT = Main Central thrust MBT = Main Boundary thrust
Figure CI. Geologic map of Nepal showing major tectonostratigraphic zones, faults, and crystalline klippen of Greater Himalayan affinity. Rectangle is location of data in Figure C3.
160
and eventually garnet isograds directly beneath the MCT. Structural outliers of rocks with
GH affinities, resting on top of LH rocks, are present in several large klippen (e.g., the
Kathmandu klippe) which we refer to as the crystalline klippen.
The LH is composed of unmetamorphosed to greenschist facias meta-sedimentary
rocks with a stratigraphic thickness of -10 km (Upreti, 1996). LH rocks are Paleo- to
Neoproterozoic in age (Sakai, 1985; Gehrels et al., 1999; DeCelles et al., 2000). The
uppermost part of the LH is composed of the Permian to Paleocene Gondwanas, and
Eocene and Early Miocene foreland basin deposits (Najman et al., 1997; DeCelles et al.,
1998). The SH consists of Neogene foreland basin deposits.
In a south-to-north transect, the first-order structural geometry of the Himalayan
fold-thrust belt consists of (1) the generally northward dipping SH thrust system
(Mugnier et al., 1993; Powers et al., 1997); (2) the northward-dipping MBT and LH
imbricate zone; (3) the crystalline klippen, which include GH rocks and the underlying
Ramgarh thrust sheet; (4) the Lesser Himalayan duplex (LHD), which is a hybrid
hinterland dipping-antiformal stack (Srivastava and Mitra, 1994; Robinson et al., 2000;
DeCelles et al., 2001) and also contains the "root zone" of the Ramgarh thrust sheet; (5)
the northward dipping MCT and its hanging wall GH rocks (Schelling, 1992; Vannay and
Hodges, 1996); (6) the generally northward dipping STDS, a group of normal-sense low-
angle detachment faults (Burchfiel et al., 1992; Hodges et al., 1996; Dezes et al., 1999);
(7) the TH thrust system, consisting of numerous thrusts and folds in the Tethyan
sequence (Gansser, 1964; Ratschbacher et al., 1994); and (8) the Indus suture zone. The
161
basal decollement of the Himalayan fold-thrust belt is referred to as the Main Himalayan
thrust (Zhao et al., 1993).
The kinematic progression of the thrust belt involved: (1) Eocene-Oligocene
thrusting and crustal thickening in the TH part of the Himalayan fold-thrust belt, coeval
with development of peak metamorphic conditions in the underlying GH rocks (Fig.
C2B; e.g., Hodges and Silverburg, 1988; Ratschbacher et al., 1994; Hodges et al., 1994;
Catlos et al., 2(X)la; Godin et al., 2001); (2) emplacement of the MCT sheet in early
Miocene time (Fig. C2C; Hodges et al., 1996) and more or less synchronous extensional
detachment faulting along the STDS (Hodges et al., 1996; Dezes et al., 1999; Godin et
al., 2001); (3) emplacement of the Ramgarh thrust sheet in middle Miocene time (Fig.
C2D; -15-12 Ma; DeCelles et al., 2001); (4) growth of the LHD, beginning -11 Ma and
feeding slip into the Ramgarh thrust which served as the roof thrust for the duplex in
western Nepal (Fig. C2E; DeCelles et al., 1998; Robinson et al., 2001); (5) thrusting
along the MBT in Middle to Late Miocene time (Fig. C2E^, probably <5 Ma; and (6)
development of the SH thrust system and the Main Frontal thrust during Pliocene-Recent
time (Wesnousky et al., 1999).
Structural Geometry of the Main Central thrust
The MCT in Nepal is traditionally defined as a several hundred meter to several
kilometer thick ductile shear zone with a top-to-the-south sense of shear (e.g., Brunei,
1986; Vannay and Grasemann, 2001). The concept of the MCT 'zone' was developed
because in many places LH rocks grade from lower greenschist facies into upper
162
A Early Tertiary: ' Northern margin of Greater India composed of a
pair of miogeoclinal prisms (TH & LH) sandwiching early Paleozoic orogenic terrane of the GH
South
R Eocene-Oligocene: Growth of the Tethyan portion of the Himalayan fold' thrust belt and regional metamorphism of the GH
North
c. Early Miocene: Emplacement of MCT sheet along regional flat on top of future Ramgarh thrust sheet
Leading part of MCT sheet cools through muscovite 40Ar/39Ar blocking temperature
Regional metamorphism In GH
N4 STDS
Middle Miocene: Initial emplacement of Ramgarh sheet
^ trace of future RT sheet
Burial metamorphism in RT sheet
•-RT.
E, Late Miocene: Growth of duplex, folding the Ramgarh and MCT sheets
Burial metamorphism beneath RT sheet
Trailing part of MCT sheet and LH rocks of LHD cool through muscovite 40Ar/39Ar blocking temperature
Burial metamorphism beneath growing duplex
Pliocene-Recent .--MCTV'
Passive rotation of MCT above north limb of LHD
Passive rotation of MCT above north limb of LHD
MFT MBT — Present erosion level
LHD
I • I Garnet (±monazite)
rSH Upper Greenschist to lower amphitKJIite metamorphism
Northward increase in metamorphic grade
Southward decrease in monazite ages
Figure C2. Schematic reconstruction of the Himalayan fold-thrust-belt illustrating the evolution of the thrust belt from Early Tertiary time. Bold line marks the active fault(s) in each time slice. Rectangle marks tilting of Main Central thrust (MCT) through time.
163
amphibolite facies GH rocks without an obvious structural break (Arita, 1983; Pecher,
1989; Vannay and Hodges, 1996). Unequivocal LH rocks in the footwall of the MCT are
commonly included in the MCT 'zone', and are green, chloritic phyllite ± garnet, which
are typically highly sheared, and white to green quartzite. The transition zone between
unambiguous LH and GH rocks contains a variety of metasedimentary rocks, including
phyllite, schist (commonly graphitic), marble, and quartzite. GH rocks north of the MCT
are mainly paragneiss and coarse schist.
Compositional layers and foliations in GH rocks dip 30°-60° NNE, essentially
parallel to the trace of the MCT zone (Frank and Fuchs, 1969; Hashimoto et al., 1973; Le
Fort, 1975; Maruo and Kizaki, 1983; Arita, 1983; Brun et al., 1985; Brunei, 1986;
Schelling and Arita; 1991; Schelling, 1992; DeCelles etal., 2001), with local exceptions
owing to probable lateral ramps and associated hanging wall structures (Hodges, 2000).
Across most of Nepal and northern India, mapping shows that within -20 km of the
MCT, bedding and foliation in LH rocks also consistently dip northward at angles of 30°-
60°. Because all fabrics in both the hanging wall and footwall of the MCT are essentially
parallel, this requires that the LH and GH rocks were once stacked vertically in a flat-on-
flat geometry, and subsequently uplifted and tilted to the present northward dipping
orientation (Figs. C2C-C2F). The regional scale flat-on-flat structural geometry is well
preserved in the Arun Valley region of eastern Nepal, where the MCT sheet extends
nearly to the front of the range, and fabric/bedding dips in its hanging wall and footwall
are parallel and nearly horizontal except in the frontal northward dipping homocline
(Schelling, 1992). The simplicity of this relationship is somewhat obscured in central and
164
western Nepal and in northern India mainly because erosion has breached the LHD and
folded the overlying GH rocks, which are preserved to the south of the duplex in the
crystalline klippe (Robinson et al., 2001). In spite of these simple structural
relationships, there exists a widely held misconception in the literature that the MCT is an
expression of a structural ramp. This misconception leads to some confusion about how
to interpret geochronologic, thermochronologic, and thermobarometric data from the
northern part of the LH, MCT, and GH.
Kinematic Model
Figure C2 portrays a simplified kinematic model that explains the regional-scale
structure of the Himalayan fold-thrust belt. With respect to the pressure-temperature
history of the MCT zone, the growth of the LHD is critical because the emplacement of
the roof thrust (Ramgarh thrust) and thrust sheets within the duplex causes the overlying
GH rocks to be passively uplifted and rotated into a steep northward dip along the north
flank of the duplex.
A duplex is a family of imbricate thrust faults that merge downward with a floor
thrust and upward with a roof thrust (Boyer and Elliot, 1982). The growth of the LHD
begins with the emplacement of the roof sheet, the Ramgarh thrust sheet, along a regional
flat in the footwall (Fig. C2D). Subsequently, LH thrust sheets (or horses) of the footwall
are incorporated into the hanging wall of the floor thrust (Fig. C2E). The total slip is fed
from the lower flat to the upper flat, but individual thrusts within the duplex experience
only a fraction of the total slip. As each new thrust sheet is incorporated into the duplex.
165
all of the rocks above that thrust sheet are folded (Fig. C2F). The simplest duplex is a
hinterland dipping duplex in which the roof thrust sheet is folded into a broad antiform.
An antiformal duplex forms if the spacing:displacement ratio of individual thrusts within
the duplex is < 1 (Mitra and Boyer, 1986).
In central and western Nepal (Robinson et al., 2000; DeCelles et al., 2001;
Pearson et al., 2001a) and northern India (Srivastava and Mitra, 1994), the LHD has a
hinterland dipping-antiformal geometry. The roof thrust of the duplex is the Ramgarh
thrust in western Nepal and the Trisuli thrust in central Nepal (Pearson et al., 2001a) and
the floor thrust is the Main Himalayan thrust. The infrastructure of the duplex consists of
several major thrust sheets of LH rocks. The kinematic sequence illustrates how the
growth of the LHD affected the overlying GH rocks and the MCT (see rectangle. Fig.
C2).
In western and central Nepal, garnet-bearing phyllite of the lower LH is present in
the Ramgarh thrust sheet and at least two additional thrust sheets within the LHD
(Robinson et al., 2000; DeCelles et al., 2001). Many workers place the Ramgarh sheet
within the MCT zone (e.g. Johnson et al., 2001) but regional stratigraphic, structural, and
isotopic studies confirm that it is composed of unambiguous LH rocks (Kushma,
Ranimata, and Kuncha Formations and equivalents) located in the footwall of the MCT
(Pearson et al., 2001a; 2001b; Robinson et al., 2001a).
Implications of Model for Geochronologic and Thermochronologic Studies
166
Catlos et al. (2001a) reported Th-Pb ages from monazite inclusions in
synkinematic garnets from GH and LH rock south of the MCT in central Nepal. Because
detrital monazite is destroyed during burial metamorphism, the dated inclusions provide
ages of garnet growth during Himalayan metamorphism (Harrison et al., 1998). In the
unequivocal hanging wall of the MCT, monazite ages decrease southward from ~33 Ma
to ~15 Ma (Fig. C3), consistent with previous studies that suggest "Eohimalayan" burial
metamorphism of GH rocks was caused by burial beneath the TH thrust system.
Monazite ages in LH rocks up to 7 km south of the MCT range from ~21 Ma to ~7 Ma
(Figs. C3A and C3B). The monazite ages in LH rocks 7 to 20 km south of the MCT are
~7-8 Ma, with two samples yielding anomalous ages of ~12 Ma and ~3 Ma. To explain
the southward younging of the monazites, Catlos et al. (2CK)la) supported a model in
which the MCT was reactivated and successively incorporated LH rock into the MCT
zone (Harrison et al., 1998). Implicit in the incorporation process is the requirement that
the MCT cuts several kilometers down section in the transport direction. Also, by Middle
to Late Miocene time, other major thrust systems located 100-175 km south of the MCT
are known to have been active (MET; Figs. C2D-C2F), creating a model which requires
the incorporation process to have been out-of-sequence. Because the monazites must
have been exhumed from depths of 25-30 km, the amount of out-of-sequence slip
required in the MCT zone is 30-40 km (Harrison et al., 1998).
Numerous thermochronologic data from ''"Ar/^^Ar analyses of muscovite from
central and eastern Nepal (e.g. Maluski et al., 1988; Hubbard and Harrison, 1989;
Copeland et al., 1991, 2001; Macfarlane, 1992; Vannay and Hodges, 1996; Harrison et
167
CO
25
20
15
O O) < 10
A. DARONDI KHOLA O Th-Pb monazite — K-Ar muscovite
1 1 u s
F ^1
-20 -10
Distance (km)
35
30
25
10 20
(0
(1> O) <
20
15
10
B. MARSYANDI KHOLA
-10
South
10
Distance (km)
20 30
North
Figure C3: Distance is delineated by how far the sample was obtained from the MCT (marked at 0 km). To the right of the MCT are data from GH rocks, and to the left are data from LH rocks: A) Th-Pb and 40Ar/39Ar age data from Darondi Khola in central Nepal; B) Data from Marsyandi Khola to the west of Darondi Khola in central Nepal.
168
ah, 1997, Catlos et al., 2001a, 2001b; Godin et al., 2001) generally demonstrate that GH
rocks cooled through the ~350°C isotherm more or less simultaneously during Early to
Middle Miocene time. The •*°Ar/^^Ar ages from the southern part of the GH in central
Nepal (Catlos et al., 2001a and references therein) indicate closure of muscovites in the
MCT sheet during Late Miocene time (-9-5 Ma). Early Miocene ages are reported in the
vicinity of the STDS (Hodges, 2000; Godin et al., 2001). The LH rocks south of the MCT
cooled through the muscovite blocking isotherm between -9-3 Ma. The Late Miocene-
Pliocene cooling ages south of the MCT have been explained as the result of
hydrothermal activity or late-stage slip along the MCT as a result of motion on the MBT
(Hubbard and Harrison, 1989; Copeland et al., 1991; Macfarlane, 1992).
The duplex model can explain both the "^^Ar/^^Ar muscovite and Th-Pb monazite
data within the framework of a simple kinematic mechanism that has been documented in
thrust belts of various ages around the world. The "^^Ar/^^Ar data sets can be interpreted to
indicate that the southern edge of the MCT sheet in the Kathmandu klippe (also referred
to as the Mahabharat thrust, Stocklin, 1980; Johnson et al., 2001) passed through the 350°
isotherm during its Early Miocene main phase of emplacement. GH rocks farther north
(i.e., north of the eventual surface trace of the MCT) remained relatively hot, deeply
buried beneath the TH thrust system. Beginning in Middle Miocene time (-15 Ma),
emplacement of the Ramgarh thrust sheet followed by growth of the LHD caused uplift
and exhumation of both the GH and LH rocks north of the crystalline klippen (e.g.,
Kathmandu klippe). The Early Miocene cooling ages near the STDS are explained by
cooling in response to exhumation by detachment faulting (e.g., Dezes et al., 1999; Godin
169
et al., 2001). The -9-3 Ma '*°Ar/^^Ar cooling ages in LH rocks is expected because each
thrust sheet within the LHD was uplifted and emplaced in a southward-younging
sequence. The predominance of Late Miocene-Pliocene cooling ages in the MCT zone
and the lower part of the GH is entirely consistent with other indicators of the timing of
duplex growth (DeCelles, 1998, 2001; Robinson et al., 2001). The spatial distribution of
monazite ages is also consistent with this kinematic mechanism. Emplacement of the
MCT sheet (with its overlying TH thrust belt cover) along a regional thrust flat during
Early Miocene time (Fig. C2C) would have buried LH rocks of the eventual Ramgarh
thrust sheet in its footwall to depths sufficient to produce the pressures recorded in the
MCT zone (8-10 kb; Ganguly et al., 2000; Catlos et al., 2001a; Vannay and Grasemann,
2001; Godin et al., 2001). Middle Miocene uplift and southward displacement of the
Ramgarh sheet (plus its cover of MCT sheet and TH thrust belt; Fig. C2D) would have
buried LH rocks that subsequently would become thrust sheets within the LHD.
Beginning in Late Miocene time, emplacement of each thrust sheet in the LHD would
have loaded its proximal footwall LH rocks, in turn producing younger monazites (Fig.
C2E).
If the monazites formed when the rocks were at ~25 km depth (Harrison et al.,
1998) and the muscovites cooled while passing through -15 km depth then the difference
in ''^Ar/^^Ar ages and associated monazite ages provides an estimate of exhumation rates.
Along both of the transects reported by Catlos et al. (2001a), the "^^Ar/^^Ar and Th-Pb
ages diverge northward and the rates of exhumation range from a maximum of ~5 mm/yr
in the south to a minimum of <1 mm/yr in the north (Fig. C3). This is consistent with the
170
hinterland dipping duplex mechanism of uplift-driven exhumation, in which the major
component of uplift at shallow depths is driven by rocks passing upward over the frontal
ramp of the duplex. Once the rocks have uplifted and rotated into a hinterlandward dip,
they are simply translated at a relatively low angle (<10°) upward. This mechanism
predicts that exhumation paths of GH rocks might be expected to exhibit a two-phase
history with initial rapid exhumation followed by slower rates (e.g., Ganguly et al.,
2000). Finally the duplex model is consistent with previous explanations of the inverted
metamorphic field gradient in the MCT zone that involve structural kinematic processes
(e.g., Kohn et al., 2001) rather than thermal or fluid flux driven processes.
Geomorphic and space geodetic studies suggest that the MCT may be active today
(Bilham et al„ 1997; Larsen et al., 1999); thus we cannot entirely rule out late-stage
reactivation. Indeed, out-of-sequence thrusting is ubiquitous in thrust belts (Boyer, 1992)
but the magnitude is generally < 5 km. Thus, the magnitude of reactivation along the
MCT need not be as extraordinary as previous models have suggested.
Conclusions
1. At its present level of exposure, the MCT juxtaposes a hanging wall flat in the GH and
a footwall flat in the LH. Rocks formerly assigned to the MCT 'zone' are mainly part of
the Ramgarh thrust sheet, which is the roof sheet for the LHD in western Nepal.
2. The present structural geometry of the MCT is the result of passive uplift and tilting
during growth of a large duplex in the LH to the south. As each successive thrust sheet
was emplaced within the duplex, rocks in the north limb of the duplex, including the
171
MCT and GH rocks, were passively uplifted and tilted. This accounts for the younger
monazite ages and cooling ages in LH rocks.
3. The pattern of ^Ar/^^Ar muscovite and Th-Pb monazite ages in GH and LH rocks
suggests that the rate of exhumation in the north limb of the LHD was initially rapid (>5
mm/yr) but once the rocks achieved their steep northward dips the rate of exhumation
decreased to moderate values (~ 1 mm/yr).
Acknowledgements
This project was supported by the Geological Society of America, the Department
of Geosciences at the University of Arizona, and donors to the Geostructure Partnership
at the University of Arizona, including BP-Amoco, Exxon-Mobil, Conoco and Midland
Valley Exploration. B. Gillis, S. Ahlgren, S. Pearson, T.P. Ojha and B. Bahadur Chand
provided assistance in the field. We are especially grateful to L. Catlos and T.M. Harrison
for sharing their data and preprints and for thought-provoking, open-minded discussions.
172
References
Arita, K, 1983, Origin of inverted metamorphism of the lower Himalaya, Central Himalaya: Tectonophysics, v. 95, p. 43-60.
Bilham, R., Larson, K., Freymuller, J., and Members, P.I., 1997, GPS measurements of present-day convergence across the Nepal Himalaya: Nature, v. 386, p. 61-64.
Boyer, S.E., 1992, Sequential Development of the Southern Blue Ridge Province of Northwest North Carolina Ascertained from the Relationships between Penetrative Deformation and Thrusting, in Mitra, S., Fisher, G.W., eds.. Structural Geology of Fold and Thrust Belts, Johns Hopkins University Press, Baltimore, p. 161-188.
Boyer, S.E., and Elliot, D., 1982, Thrust systems, American Association of Petroleum Geologist Bulletin: v. 66, p. 1196-1230.
Brookfield, M.E., 1993, The Himalayan passive margin from Precambrian to Cretaceous times: Sedimentary Geology, v. 84, p. 1-35.
Brun, J.-P., Burg, J.-P., and Chen, G.M., 1985, Strain trajectories above the Main Central thrust (Himalaya) in southern Tibet: Nature, v. 313, p. 388-390.
Brunei, M., 1986, Ductile thrusting in the Himalayas: Shear sense criteria and stretching lineations: Tectonics, v. 5, p. 247-265.
Burchfiel, B.C., Chen, Z., Hodges, K.V., Liu, Y., Royden, L.H., Deng, C., and Xu, J., 1992, The South Tibetan detachment system, Himalayan orogen: Extension contemporaneous with and parallel to shortening in a collisional mountain belt: Geological Society of America Special Paper 269, 41 p.
Catlos, E.J., Harrison, T.M., Kohn, M.J., Grove, M., Ryerson, F.J., Manning, C., and Upreti, B.N., 2001a, Geochronologic and thermobarometric constraints on the evolution of the Main Central thrust, central Nepal Himalaya: Journal of Geophysical Research, v. 106, p. 16,177-16, 204.
Catlos, E.J., Harrison, T.M., Manning, C., Grove, M., Rai, S.M., Hubbard, M.S., and Upreti, B.N., 2001b, Records of the evolution of the Himalayan orogen from in situ Th-Pb ion microprobe dating of monazite: eastern Nepal and western Garhwal: Journal of Asian Earth Science, in press.
Copeland, P., Lefort, P., Henry, P., Rai, S.M., Murphy M.A., Foster, D., Parrish, R.R., Pecher, A., Stuwe, K., Upreti, B.N., and Raza, A., 2001, Neogene tectonothermal development of the Himalayan thrust system in the Kathmandu region, Nepal:
173
Geological Society of America Bulletin, v. 113, in press.
Copeland, P, Harrison, T.M., Hodges, K.V., Maruejol, P., Le Fort, P., and Pecher, A., 1991, An early Pliocene thermal disturbance of the Main Central thrust, central Nepal: Implications for Himalayan tectonics. Journal of Geophysical Research, v. 96, p. 8475-8500.
DeCelles, P.G., Gehrels, G.E., Quade, J., and Ojha, T.P., 1998, Eocene-early Miocene foreland basin development and the history of Himalayan thrusting, western and central Nepal: Tectonics, v. 17, p. 741-765.
DeCelles, P.G., Gehrels, G.E., Quade, J., LaReau, B., and Spurlin, M., 2000, Tectonic implications of U-Pb zircon ages of the Himalayan orogenic belt in Nepal: Science, v. 288, p. 497-499.
DeCelles, P.G., Robinson, D.M., Quade, J., Copeland, P., Upreti, B.N., Ojha, T.P., and Garzione, C.N., 2001, Regional structure and stratigraphy of the Himalayan fold-thrust belt, farwestem Nepal: Tectonics, v. 20, p. 487-509.
Dezes, P.J., Vannay, J.-C., Steck, A., Bussy, F., and Cosca, M., 1999, Synorogenic extension; quantitative constraints on the age and displacement of the Zanskar Shear Zone (northwest Himalaya): Geological Society of America Bulletin, v. 111, p. 364-374.
Frank, W., and Fuchs, G.R., 1969, Geological investigation in west Nepal and their significance for the geology of the Himalayas, Geol. Rundsch., v. 59, p. 552-580.
Gaetani, M., Casnedi, R., Garzanti, E., Jadoul, F., Nicora, A., and Tintori, A., 1985, Stratigraphy of the Tethys Himalaya in Zanskar, Ladakh: Rivista Italiana di Paleontologie e Stratigraphia, v. 91, p. 443-478.
Ganguly, J., Dasgupta, S., Cheng, W., and Neogi, S., 2000, Exhumation history of a section of the Sikkim Himalayas, India: records in the the metamorphic mineral equilibria and compositional zoning of garnet: Earth and Planetary Science Letters, v. 183, p. 471-486.
Gansser, A., 1964, Geology of the Himalayas: London, Wiley Interscience, 289 p.
Gehrels, G.E., DeCelles, P.G., Quade, J., Lareau, B., and Spurlin, M., 1999, Tectonic implications of detrital zircon ages from the Himalayan orogen in Nepal: Geological Society of America Abstracts with Programs, A374.
Godin, L., Parrish, R.R., Brown, R.L., and Hodges, K.V., 2001, Crustal thickening, melt production and exhumation of the Himalayan metamorphic core of central Nepal: Insight from U-Pb geochronology and ''^Ar/^^Ar thermochronology: Tectonics, in
174
press.
Harrison, T.M., Ryerson, F.J., LeFort, P., Yin, A., Lovera, O., and Catlos, E.J., 1997, A late Miocene-Pliocene origin for the central Himalayan inverted metamorphism: Earth and Planetary Science Letters, v. 146, p. E1-E7.
Harrison, T.M., Gove, M., Lovera, O.M., and Catlos, E.J., 1998, A model for the origin of Himalayan anatexis and inverted metamorphism: Journal of Geophysical Research, v. 103, p. 27017-27032.
Hashimoto, S., Ohta, Y., and Akiba, C., 1973, Geology of the Nepal Himalayas, 286 pp., Saikon, Sapporo, Japan.
Hodges, K.V., 2000, Tectonics of the Himalaya and southern Tibet from two perspectives: Geological Society of America Bulletin, v. 112, p. 324-350.
Hodges, K.V., Parrish, R.R., and Searle, M.P., 1996, Tectonic evolution of the central Annapuma Range, Nepalese Himalayas: Tectonics, v. 15, p. 1264-1291.
Hodges, K.V., Hames, W.E., Olszewski, W., Burchflel, B.C., Royden, L.H., and Chen, Z., 1994, Thermobarometric and "'^Ar/^'Ar geochronologic constraints on Eohimalayan metamorphism in the Dinggye area, southern Tibet: Contributions to Mineralogy and Petrology, v. 117, p. 151-163.
Hodges, K.V., and Silverburg D.S., 1988, Thermal evolution of the Greater Himalaya, Garhwal, India: Tectonics, v. 7, p. 583-600.
Hubbard, M.S., and Harrison, T.M., 1989, ''^Ar/^^Ar age constraints on deformation and metamorphism in the Main Central thrust zone and Tibetan slab, eastern Nepal Himalaya: Tectonics, v. 8, p. 865-880.
Johnson, M.R.W., Oliver, G.J.H., Parrish, R.R., and Johnson, S.P., 2001, Synthrusting metamorphism, coolling, and erosion of the Himalayan Kathmandu Complex, Nepal: Tectonics, v. 20, p. 394-415.
Kohn, M.J., Catlos, E.J., Ryerson F.J., and Harrison, T.M., 2001, Pressure-temperature-time path discontinuity in the Main Central thrust zone, central Nepal: Geology, v. 29, p. 571-574.
Larson, K.M., Burgmann, R., Bilham, R., and Freymueller, J.T., 1999, Kinematics of the India-Eurasia collision zone from GPS measurements: Journal of Geophysical Research, v. 104, p. 1077-1093.
LeFort, P., 1975, Himalayas: The collided range. Present knowledge of the continental
175
arc: American Journal of Science, v. 275-A, p. 1-44.
Macfarlane, A.M., Hodges, K.V., Lux, D., 1992, A structural analysis of the Main Central Thrust zone, Langtang National Park, central Nepal Himalaya: Geological Society of America Bulletin, v. 104, p. 1389-1402.
Maluski, H., Matte, Ph., and Brunei, M., 1988, Argon 39-argon 40 dating of metamorphic and plutonic events in the North and High Himalaya belts (southern Tibet-China): Tectonics, v. 7, p. 299-326.
Maruo, Y., and Kizaki, K., 1981, Structure and metamorphism in eastern Nepal, in Saklani, P.S., ed., Metamorphic Tectonites of the Himalaya, Today and Tomorrow's Printers and Publishers, New Delhi, p. 175-230.
Manickvasagam R.M., Jain, A.K., Singh, S., and Asokan, A., 1999, Metamorphic evolution of the northwest Himalaya, India: Pressure-temperature data, inverted metamorphism, and exhumation in the Kashmir, Himachal, and Garhwal Himalayas, in Macfarlane, A., Sorkhabi, R.B., and Quade, J., eds., Himalaya and Tibet: Mountain roots to mountain tops: Geological Society of America Special Paper 328, p. 179-198.
Mitra, G., and Boyer, S.E., 1986, Energy balance and deformation mechanisms of duplexes, v. 8, p. 291-304.
Mungier, J.-L., Mascle, G., and Faucher, T., 1993, Structure in the Siwaliks of western Nepal: An intracontinental accretionary prism: International Geology Review, v. 35, p. 32-47.
Najman, Y.M.R., Pringle, M.S., Johnson, M.W.R., Robertson, A.H.F., and Wijbrans, J.R., 1997, Laser "^^Ar/^^Ar dating of single detrital muscovite grains from early foreland basin deposits in India: Implications for early Himalayan evolution: Geology, v. 25, p. 535-538.
Parrish, R.R.,and Hodges, K.V., 1996, Isotopic constraints on the age and provenance of the Lesser and Greater Himalayan sequences, Nepalese Himalaya: Geological Society of America Bulletin, v. 108, p. 904-911.
Pearson, O.N., DeCelles, P.G., Ducea, M.N., and Ojha, T.P., 2001a, Structural Evolution of the Himalayan Fold-Thrust Belt in Central: Geological Society of America Abstracts with Programs.
Pearson, O.N., DeCelles, P.G., Robinson, D.M., and Gillis, R., 2001b, Structural and Microstructural Geology of the Ramgarh Thrust Sheet Far-Western Nepal, EOS.
176
Pecher, A., 1989, The metamorphism in the central Himalaya: Journal of Metamorphic Geology, v. 7, p. 31-41.
Powers, P.M., Lilllie, R.J., and Yeates, R.S., 1998, Structure and shortening of the Kangra and Dehra Dun reentrants, Sub-Himalaya, India: Geological Society of America Bulletin, v. 110, p. 1010-1027.
Ratschbacher, L., Frisch, W., and Guanghua, L., 1994, Distributed deformation in southern and western Tibet during and after the India-Asia collision: Journal of Geophysical Research, v. 99, p. 19917-19945.
Robinson, D.M., DeCelles, P.G., and Gehrels, G.E., 2000, Contributions of Himalayan and Tibetan upper crustal shortening to thickening of the Tibetan Plateau: EOS, Transactions of the American Geophysical Union, abstracts with programs, v. 81.
Robinson, D.M., DeCelles, P.G., Patchett, P.J., and Garzione, C.N., 2001, The kinematic history of the Nepalese Himalaya interpreted from Nd isotopes: Earth and Planetary Science Letters, in press.
Rowley, D.B., 1996, Age of initiation of collision between India and Asia: a review of stratigraphic data: Earth and Planetary Science Letters, v. 145, p. 1-13.
Sakai, H., 1985, Geology of the Kali Gandaki Supergroup of the Lesser Himalayas in Nepal: Memoirs of the Faculty of Science, Kyushu University, [D] v. 25(3), p. 337-397.
Schelling, D., 1992, The tectonostratigraphy and structure of the eastern Nepal Himalaya: Tectonics, v. 11, p. 925-943.
Schelling, D., and Arita, K., 1991, Thrust tectonics, crustal shortening, and the structure of the far-eastern Nepal Himalaya: Tectonics, v. 10, p. 851-862.
Stdcklin, J., 1980, Geology of Nepal and its regional frame: Geological Society [London] Journal, v. 137, p. 1-34.
Srivastava, P., and Mitra, G., 1994, Thrust geometries and deep structure of the out and lesser Himalaya, Kumaon and Garhwal (India): Implication for evolution of the Himalayan fold-and-thrust belt: Tectonics, v. 13, p. 89-109.
Upreti, B.N., 1996, Stratigraphy of the western Nepal Lesser Himalaya: a synthesis; Journal of Nepal Geological Society, v. 13 p. 11-28.
Vannay, J.-C., and Hodges, K.V., 1996, Tectonometamorphic evolution of the Himalayan metamorphic core between Annapuma and Dhaulagiri, central Nepal:
177
Journal of Metamorphic Geology, v. 14, p. 635-656.
Vannay, J.-C., and Grasemannn, B., 1998, Inverted metamorphism in the High Himalaya of Himachal Pradesh (India): Phase equilibria versus thermobarometry: Schweizerische Mineralogische und Petrographische Mitteilungen, v. 78, p. 107-132.
Vannay, J.-C., and Grasemann, B., 2001, Himalayan inverted metamorphism and syn-convergence extension as a consequence of a general shear extrusion: Geological Magazine, v. 138, p. 253-276.
Wesnousky, S.G., Kumar, S., Mohindra, R., and Thakur, V.C., 1999, Uplift and convergence along the Himalayan frontal thrust of India: Tectonics, v. 18, p. 967-976.
Zhao, W., Nelson, K.D., and Team, P.I., 1993, Deep seismic reflection evidence for continental underthrusting beneath southern Tibet: Nature, v. 366, p. 557-559.
178
APPENDIX D;
THE TULA UPLIFT, NORTHWESTERN CHINA: EVIDENCE FOR REGIONAL TECTONISM OF THE NORTHERN TIBETAN PLATEAU DURING LATE
MESOZOIC-EARLY CENOZOIC TIME
Abstract
Geologic mapping combined with petrographic and geochronologic studies in the
Tula uplift of western China provide insights into the tectonic evolution of the northern
edge of the Tibetan Plateau. The Mesozoic and early Cenozoic history is preserved in the
Tula uplift, which includes basin strata now exposed in a large synclinal structure, pre-
Mesozoic metamorphic basement, and Cretaceous plutons. Sandstone petrographic
analyses show that the Upper Jurassic through Paleogene strata in the area are
undoubtedly syntectonic, and were derived from lithologically diverse source terranes
consisting of sedimentary, metasedimentary, and igneous rocks. These relations suggest
that uplift on the northern edge of the Tibetan Plateau began in Late Jurassic time, long
before the early Tertiary India-Asia collision. This age is significantly older than previous
suggestions for the initiation of uplift on the northern Tibetan Plateau. Continued
orogenic activity is recorded by intrusion of ~74 Ma granitoid bodies, latest Cretaceous to
Paleogene shortening, uplift of Precambrian basement rock, the syntectonic nature of
Cretaceous and Paleogene sandstones in the area, and folding of all of the Paleogene and
older strata Into a regional north-vergent syncline. The northern range-bounding thrust of
the Tula uplift has been active in the recent past, suggesting that uplift and thickening is
presently continuing in the northern Tibetan Plateau.
179
Introduction
Central Asia contains young mountain ranges, polycyclic basins filled with
syntectonic sediments, and orogenic plateaus that are the result of progressive accretion
of terranes and the Indian continent onto the active southern margin of Asia (Sengor and
Natal'in, 1996; Yin and Nie, 1996). During the past decade, considerable geologic
research in Asia has concentrated on Cenozoic deformation resulting from the Asia-India
collision (see summaries in Matte et al., 1997; Yin and Harrison, 2000). The accretion of
India created continental-scale features such as the Tibetan Plateau and the Altyn Tagh
fault, and has reactivated existing tectonic features throughout central Asia (Molnar and
Tapponnier, 1975).
In many areas, Cenozoic deformation has overprinted earlier tectonic events,
making it difficult to discern the nature and significance of pre-Cenozoic deformation. In
this paper, we explore the record of Mesozoic and early Cenozoic tectonism as preserved
in structural and stratigraphic relations within the Tula uplift in western China. This is the
first comprehensive study of this type in the remote north-central part of the Tibetan
Plateau.
One unique feature of the Tula uplift is the continuity of its Mesozoic-lower
Cenozoic strata, which provide a nearly uninterrupted record of tectonic history.
Mesozoic strata in most regions of central Asia have been removed by erosion or are
buried by younger sediments (Graham et al., 1993). In most previous studies, only
discontinuous exposures around the edges of modem basins are used to interpret the
Mesozoic tectonic history (e.g. Watson et al., 1987; Graham et al., 1990; Hendrix et al..
180
1992, 1996; Carroll et al., 1995; Sobel, 1995, 1999; Sobel and Dimitru, 1997; Guo et al.,
1998; Ritts, 1998; Rumelhart, 1998; Vincent and Allen, 1999; Ritts and Biffi, 2000; Ritts
and Biffi, 2001). In the Tula uplift, however. Upper Jurassic-Paleogene strata are exposed
in an uplifted mountain range with 2,600 m of topographic relief. This range, referred to
as the Tula uplift, includes the Tula syncline, which is a large regional fold within the
Jurassic-Paleogene strata. South of the Mesozoic-Cenozoic strata and the syncline are
Cretaceous plutons and Precambrian schist.
Stratigraphic and structural relations within the Tula uplift contain a long record
of deformation from Mesozoic time to the present and help to address some large-scale
tectonic questions such as: How much uplift of the Tibetan Plateau is pre-Himalayan?
What was the paleogeographic setting of central Asia before Tertiary uplift of the
plateau? How much of the deformation along the Altyn Tagh fault was inherited from
pre-Tertiary orogenic events?
An additional objective of the project was to determine the origin of an oroclinal
bend in the Tula uplift, which is apparent both from the topography of the present
mountain range and from the pattern of units and contacts shown on the Geological Map
of the Xinjiang Uyger Autonomous Region (Chen, 1985; 1:2,000,000) and the Regional
Geology of Xinjiang Uyger Autonomous Region (XBGMR, 1993; 1:1,500,000). This
feature, along with other arcuate mountain ranges in the region were suspected to be true
oroclines, formed as a result of distributed deformation south of the Altyn Tagh fault (A.
Yin, written communication, 1997). Our study of the arcuate range in the Tula area was
conducted as part of a larger investigation of these oroclinal features and the
181
deformational history of the >1,200 km long left-lateral Altyn Tagh fault (Fig. la;
Gehrels et al., 1999; Yin et al., 1999).
In following sections, we introduce the tectonic setting and stratigraphy, and
present provenance data from Mesozoic-Cenozoic strata in the Tula uplift in an effort to
constrain the source of the sediments. We also present geochronologic data from the
Cretaceous plutons. We then describe the structural geology of the region and finally
present our interpretations of the tectonic history of the region.
Geologic/Tectonic Setting
The Tula uplift is located in the northern part of the Eastern Kunlun-Qaidam
terrane (Fig. D1 A). The general Paleozoic and early Mesozoic tectonic history of this
terrane is summarized as follows from Yin and Harrison (2000). The dominant feature of
the Eastern Kunlun-Qaidam terrane is the Kunlun batholith (Harris et al., 1988; Jiang et
al., 1992; Fig. DIB; Pzgr), which is part of a broad early Paleozoic magmatic arc. The
western part of the terrane consists of Middle to Late Proterozoic gneiss, schist, and
marble. These lithologies are unconformably overlain by uppermost Proterozoic strata
and Cambrian (?) to Middle Ordovician shallow marine carbonate sequences (Fig. DIB;
Pz, Pz2-T). Between Late Ordovician and Early Carboniferous time, volcanic deposits
interbedded with marine strata were widespread in this region. Upper Carboniferous-
Lower Permian sedimentary rocks are interbedded with abundant basalt, andesite, and
rhyolite (Fig. DIB; Pz, Pz2-T). The Kunlun batholith experienced another phase of
intrusion in late Permian to latest Triassic time.
OakJam Basin
OingiifiOlnraM' . •
Ssytongj^ • \ UwMienjMW
«tjimalayin MiHhnnl V
JEQaidi
South Tarim Basin
JIanggeshayl Huatugou:
WOa/dai
Qaidam Basin
Kunlun Shan 88
183
The Mesozoic tectonic history of central Asia is dominated by accumulation of
thick sequences of clastic strata, presumably in response to tectonic events along the
convergent margin of southern Asia (Watson et al., 1987; Graham et al., 1988; Hendrix et
al., 1992, 1996). The main accumulations of Mesozoic strata are in the Tula, Tarim, and
Qaidam basins, which remained centers of deposition throughout Mesozoic time
(Graham et al., 1988). According to Ritts and Biffi (2000), all of these basins were
intracontinental foreland basins in Late Jurassic and Cretaceous time, and the Tula basin
may have been contiguous with the northwest Qaidam basin. The Qaidam basin is
interpreted by Xia (1990) to result from flexural loading due to contractional deformation
in the Kunlun Shan in response to the amalgamation of Tibet, whereas Ritts and Biffi
(2001) suggest that the basin formed in flexural response to thrusting in the Qilian Shan.
The western Tarim basin was hypothesized to be related to strike-slip motion
between the Talas-Ferghana (Burtman, 1980; Tseysler et al., 1982) and Karakoram faults
during Early Jurassic time (Sobel, 1999). In Late Jurassic and Cretaceous time, however,
the western Tarim is attributed a flexural origin as a foreland-style basin (Sobel, 1999).
The Cenozoic tectonic history of this area is dominated by strike-slip faulting, a
result of the Himalayan orogenic collision (Molnar and Tapponnier, 1975). The Altyn
Tagh fault, one of the major continental scale strike-slip faults in central Asia, is spatially
separated from the Tula area by a Neogene-Quatemary intermontane basin (Fig. DIB).
Motion along the fault is thought to have initiated during the Oligocene (Bally et al.,
1986, Hanson, 1997; Rumelhart et al., 1997, 2001; Wang, 1997).
184
Present Study
The present study was a reconnaissance-scale investigation of the structural
geology and stratigraphy of the Tula uplift. Our work was conducted in reconnaissance
fashion due to the remote nature of the study area. Access was obtained by establishing
three base camps and traversing on foot up numerous dry river drainages over a period of
seven weeks. Our study covered most of the Tula uplift with approximately ten complete
traverses and numerous side traverses. The most accessible parts were in the west, the
north-central regions and along a river in the east. Those areas not accessible were the
extreme far western region, south-central region, and the extreme southeastern region.
Mapping of the stratigraphy and structure was accomplished at a 1:100,000 scale and
samples were collected for petrographic analysis and paleomagnetic studies (Dupont-
Nivet et al., 2001).
Previous studies in the Tula area are limited. The Geological Map of the Xinjiang
Uygur Autonomous Region (Chen, 1985) and the Regional Geology of the Xinjiang
Uygur Autonomous Region (XBGMR, 1993) show an arcuate pattern of sedimentary
rocks overlying Silurian and Carboniferous rocks in the Tula region. Additionally, Upper
Jurassic and Carboniferous strata are shown separated by faults. Cretaceous strata are
shown to overlie the older strata unconformably, and Paleogene strata unconformably
overlie Cretaceous strata. Guo et al. (1998) reviewed the potential for oil exploration and
the presence of oil sandstone and asphaJt in the Jurassic strata. A mammal track was
reported from the Cretaceous strata (Ritts, 1998; Lockley et al, 1999).
185
Because the previous studies did not establish stratigraphic nomenclature for units
in the Tula region, informal unit names are used. We have loosely divided the Upper
Jurassic-Paleogene strata into seven units with crude estimates of thicknesses. Thirty
samples of medium to coarse-grained sandstone from the seven units were cut into
standard petrographic thin sections for modal petrographic analysis of framework
mineralogy in order to characterize units and to make preliminary assessments of
provenance. Half of each thin section was stained for both Ca-piagioclase and K-feldspar
and point-counted (500 counts) by the same operator according to the Gazzi-Dickinson
method, as described by Ingersoll et al. (1984).
Mapping in the Tula region resulted in the recognition of several plutons south of
the Tula uplift that had not been mapped previously. A sample from one of these plutons
was collected for U-Pb geochronologic analyses. Zircons were separated from this
sample using standard separation procedures. U-Pb ages were determined by isotope
dilution—thermal ionization mass spectrometry. All of the zircons analyzed were
abraded to about two-thirds of their original diameter prior to dissolution, and were
analyzed as individual grains following the methods of Gehrels (2000).
Stratigraphy
Mesozoic-Cenozoic strata in the Tula area rest unconformably on basement,
which includes Precambrian metamorphic rocks, Ordovician volcanic rocks, and
Carboniferous pyroclastic rocks (Quo et al., 1998). Our mapping allows us to divide the
Carboniferous rocks into three units, the Upper Jurassic strata into five units, and
186
overlying strata into separate Cretaceous and Paleogene units. The five Upper Jurassic
units in the Tula syncline are distinguished on the basis of lithologic differences, but
relationships to each other are in some cases not clear in the field. Petrographic data
provide additional information that helps to further constrain the stratigraphy.
Pre-Jurassic Strata
Mesozoic strata in the Tula area are underlain by Precambrian metamorphic rock
(pCs, Fig. D2) and Carboniferous strata (uC) (Guo et al., 1998). The Precambrian
basement is composed of schist and gneiss with abundant quartz veins (Guo et al., 1998).
Thin sections show a groundmass of quartz, biotite, and chlorite with porphyroblasts of
plagioclase and perthitic feldspar ± muscovite, sphene, and zircon.
Three Carboniferous sedimentary units have been mapped in the Tula area. The
undivided Carboniferous rock unit (uC, Fig. D2) is composed of green quartzite, red
quartzite, phyllite, and slate. It crops out mostly in the north-eastern Tula region. The Yak
Valley unit (Cy, Fig. D2) crops out in the eastern part of the uplift and contains mostly
greenish quartzite with abundant quartz veins. This unit is metamorphosed to greenschist
facies and weathers to a dark greenish color. Although assigned a Late Jurassic age by
Chen (1985), this unit shares more characteristics, such as metamorphic grade and the
abundance of greenish quartzite, with strata that are elsewhere given a Carboniferous age.
Thus, we assign the Yak Valley unit a Carboniferous age, and estimate its thickness at 2
km. Deformational features in this unit include abundant minor faults, foliations, and
small folds.
Altyn Tagh fault
Kusizay Thrust F1
synclinal axis
anticlinal axis
overturned syncline
-<55 strike and dip
55^ foliations
thrust fault
V. assumed ^ thrust fault
^ strike-slip fault
0 Quaternary alluvium
Paleogene unit
Cretaceous Plutons (i2r= -74 Ma) KR
K! Cretaceous unit
Upper Jurassic West Tula unit
Upper Jurassic East Tula unit
^ Upper Jurassic upper Qarqan unit
717" Upper Jurassic lower Qarqan unit
^ Upper Jurassic Musellk unit
Cy
Cm
Carboniferous Yak Valley unit
Carboniferous Mandalike unit
u^ Undivided Carboniferous rocks
|j Precambrian schist
E] Proterozoic Granite
Figure D2: Geologic map of the Tula uplift showing stratigraphy, faults, and orientations of the units with locations of cross sections
in Figure D7. 00 -J
188
The Mandalike unit (Cm, Fig. D2) crops out only in the western region. It is a
volcanic unit with fault bounded pyroclastic zones around its perimeter, and is assigned a
Carboniferous age (Chen, 1985). However, Guo et al. (1998) reported that both
Carboniferous pyroclastic rocks and Ordovician volcanic rocks are present in this region,
and Piece and Mei (1988) reported that volcanic rock is prevalent in Ordovician,
Carboniferous, and Permian rocks of the area. Thus, the Mandalike unit could be either
Carboniferous or Ordovician. Breccia in the pyroclastic zones ranges from centimeters to
10's of meters thick. Small breccia fragments are composed of granitic fragments,
quartzite, chert, sandstone, and siltstone. Locally, the andesite contains clasts of plutonic
rock. Red rhyolite is present at one locality. The maximum outcrop thickness of the
Mandalike unit is 5 km.
Mesozoic-lower Cenozoic strata
Upper Jurassic strata
The West Tula unit (Jw, Figs. D2 and D3, Table Dl) crops out in the western and
central part of the Tula uplift. The West Tula unit contains interbedded reddish and
greenish sandstone, siltstone, and conglomerate beds (see Table Dl for a more complete
description of the Jurassic-Tertiary strata). Conglomerate beds are more common near the
top of the unit. The characteristic feature is thinly bedded reddish and greenish sandstone
and siltstone horizons.
The East Tula unit (Je, Figs. D2 and D3, Table Dl) crops out in the eastern part of
the Tula uplift. Guo et al. (1998) assigned an early Late Jurassic age to strata in either the
West or East Tula units (exact position of fossil locality is uncertain) based on the
189
Age Unit Sample #
Paleogene
I ~1 km
o °T ° O
PS
P4 P3
P2
PI
Cretaceous
K O o o •
Oo 0-,
K6 K5 K4 K3 K2
K1
°oY2 conglomerate
sandstone
~=- shale
""X-/ unconformity
— fault
Stratigraphic thicknesses are approximate
Upper Jurassic
Jw oOS
°'o'°
Jw4 Je
Jw3
Jw2
Jwl
— — » •
Je6 JeS Je4 Je3 Je2 Jel
Juq4 Juq3 Jm O oc Juq2 ^ Jm3
Jm2
Jml
Carboniferous (Thickness unknown)
Cy
pCs
Precambrian (Thickness unknown)
Figure D3: General stratigraphy of the Tula uplift. Note that the original relations of the four Upper Jurassic sequences and the three Carboniferous sequences are uncertain. Unit abbreviations: P = Paleogene; K = Cretaceous; Jw = West Tula; Je = East Tula; Juq = upper Qarqan; Jlq = lower Qarqan; Jm = Muselik; Cy = Yak Valley; Cm = Mandalike; uC = Carboniferous undivided rock; pCs = Precambrian schist.
190
TABLED I: LITHOLOGIC DESCRIPTIONS
Unit descriptions Inlcrpretations
Pateoyene (P) structural (hicicness of km on south side of Tula syncJine: basal coniact—fault; upper contact—not preserved: section coarsens upward with an increase in the abundance of cong interbedded with ss & sit; ciasts include quartzite. light colored gneiss, ss. sit, dolostone. and limestone; beds are tabular on 10 m horizontal scale and lenticular at a larger scale, cliff forming unit; trough cross beds and ripples
coarsening upward suggests prograding alluvial fan
Cretaceous (K) north side of syncline is > 3 km in outcrop thickness; south side is < 300 m (truncated by a fault); basal contact— angular unconformity with Jw and Je; upper contact>*fault; section grades upward from 300 m of cong into 2 km of red lenticular ss. sit. & sh with interspersed cong beds, clasts are white, red. & green quartzite. tan & red sit. light gray & red ss and rare metamorphic fragments; uppermost km consists of interbedded cong and ss; beds vary in thickness and are lenticular, trough cross beds, soft sediment deformation, mudcracks. ripple marks, climbing ripples
distal alluvial fan at base(?); fluvial with influx of ss and sit upper part of the section records periodic influx of higher energy gravel
West Tula (Jw^ monocline west of Tula contains -1 km continuous section and structural thickness is locally 2^ km; base— covered by alluvium; upper contact-^angular unconformity with overlying K; basal section contains -1 km of interbedded gray to green ss and sit into a thick sequence of interbedded cong and green ss; grades upward into thinly bedded red sit, ss. and cong beds; cong beds are more common near top and have a dark green ss matrix; cong clasts arc 10 cm in diameter, rounded tosubrounded. moderately well sorted; include white quartzite. red plutonic rock, dork brown & orange weathering cong. block volcanic rock, dark green & gray quanzite.
maroon, dark gray. & green ss. and green & red sit; bedding in the ss and sit is lenticular on a 1 m scale. beds weather with a red stain: trough cross beds, si is burrowed and rippled
fluvial environment due to presence of low energy sit punctuated by periods of conglomerate deposition
East Tula (Se) ~4 km structural thickness and is faulted and folded; base-<cover by alluvium; upper contact—angular unconformity with overlying K; basal section is green cong interbedded with green, tan. & red sit and ss; green cong clasts are subangular. moderately well sorted & include green quartzite. light green phyllite. multicolored ss. & white vein quartz; above which is abrown to tan cong & gray ss; top of section has red ss. sic. & cong with ctasLs of pink granite & green quartzite; ss & sit beds are I m thick and lenticular & cong beds are lenticular on 10 m horizontal scale; ss & sit beds are channelized, trough cross beds and local paleosols
tluvial environment
UDiper Oaroan (Juq) outcrop thickness is -8 km. true thickness unknown but probably >500 m: basal conuct-unconformable with Jlq: upper contact—buried under alluvium or truncated by a fault; thick section of resistant cong that is well organized and well sorted, clasts are chert and white & green Nquartzite in a gray to green matrix; cong beds are interbedded with thin black shales & green micaceous ss. sit. & sh; cong occurs in lenticular pods 3 m thick, punctuated by thin lenticular beds of ss and si
white and green quartzite clasts suggests a mm source terrane: cobble cong. suggest deposition in alluvial fan
lower Oaroan (Jlq) isoclinally folded with an outcrop thickness of -3 km: basal contact—bounded by a fault; upper contact— overlain unconformably by Juq: contains green to gray, fme-grained ss. green & tan fissile ss. sparry limestone, gray and red ss interbedded with light gray sit. thin black shale beds. &. intercalated breccia beds <3 m in thickness, breccia contains a variety of lichologtes including schist & cong; bedding is lenticular over 10 m horizontal scale; climbing ripples in sit
presence of black shale and the abundance of sit record deposition in a quiet, possibly lacustrine or fluvial overbank environment, punctuated by influx of breccia (result of landslides or debris flows)
Muselik (Jm) outcrop thickness -*1 km; southern contact—intrusive; northern contact—fault: basal section has a coarsc-grained tan & gray ss and beige & red sit. grades upward into green cong interbedded with brown ss on a 1 m scale; brown cong at top of section with clasts of chert, white quartzite and variegated ss & sit; bedding is lenticular on a 10 m horizontal scale: trough cross beds
fluvial environment
abbreviations: cong = conglomerate: ss = sandstone; sit = siltstone: sh = shale
191
presence of sporopollen in dark mudstones. The East Tula unit has a basal horizon of
greenish and brown conglomerate interbedded with variegated sandstone beds. The upper
part of the section comprises reddish sandstone, siltstone, and conglomerate beds that
contain clasts of pink granite and greenish quartzite. Yellowish sandstone and siltstone
beds are common in the upper section far to the east. The presence of pink granite and
greenish quartzite clasts in the upper part of the section is the distinguishing feature of
this unit.
The upper Qarqan unit (Juq, Figs. D2 and D3, Table DI) crops out west of Tula.
Outcrop thickness is ~8 km but it is folded on a large scale; thus, its true thickness is
unknown. The upper Qarqan unit has a thick section of conglomerate beds with clasts of
chert and white and greenish quartzite punctuated by thin discontinuous beds of
sandstone and siltstone. The characteristic feature is the quartzite and chert conglomerate.
The lower Qarqan unit (Jlq, Figs. D2 and D3, Table Dl) also crops out in the
western part of the Tula uplift. It is separated by an unconformity from the overlying
upper Qarqan unit. The lower Qarqan unit is isoclinally folded with an outcrop thickness
of ~3 km. Lithologies include fine-grained sandstone, siltstone, sparry limestone, shale,
and intercalated breccia beds. These breccia beds contain sandstone, siltstone, limestone,
schist and conglomerate and are the distinguishing features of this unit.
In the central Tula area, the Muselik unit (Jm, Figs. D2 and D3, Table Dl) crops
out south of the synclinal axis. The southern contact is a dioritic dike extending from the
Cretaceous plutons. The Muselik unit has a coarsening upward section with sandstone
192
and siltstone beds at the base and conglomerate beds at the top of the section. A
distinctive feature of this unit is the muted brown and tan color of the strata.
Stratigraphic relationships of Jurassic strata
Figure D3 portrays the Upper Jurassic strata in the same stratigraphic position
because we interpret the strata to have been generally part of the same Late Jurassic
clastic sequence. In detail, however, specific age relations of the various units are
unclear, as our data do not provide any relative age control for the various units. The
West Tula unit (Jw) in the western and central regions and East Tula unit (Je) in the
eastern region occupy the same structural position in the regional syncline. The West and
East Tula units may originally have been contiguous, in which case the stratigraphic
differences noted herein may be the result of lateral facies changes within the basin.
The lower Qarqan unit (Jlq) is separated from the upper Qarqan unit (Juq) by an
unconformity at one location and is separated by a fault at another location in the western
region. Yet, the age relationship between the lower and upper Qarqan units and the West
and East Tula unit is uncertain. The Muselik unit (Jm) may be the same as the West or
East Tula units, but is retained as a separate unit because it is fault bounded and has
distinctive brown and tan color.
Cretaceous strata
The Cretaceous unit (K, Figs. D2 and D3, Table Dl) crops out in the central and
eastern parts of the Tula syncline. A Cretaceous age is assigned to this unit by XBGMR
(1993). In the southeastern portion of the Tula uplift. Cretaceous plutons intrude the
Cretaceous strata, providing a minimum depositional age. However, Lockley et al. (1999)
193
report an Eocene age based on small Tridactyl vertebrate tracks. They inferred the age of
these tracks to be Eocene in age based on correlations with similar tracks in North
America. Further investigation is needed to clarify the inconsistency in the available age
data for this unit.
An angular unconformity separates the Cretaceous unit from the underlying
Upper Jurassic West and East Tula units. Near the northern boundary of the Tula uplift,
the angular unconformity is 12°. The Cretaceous unit is composed of interbedded reddish
sandstone and siltstone with thick conglomerate beds. On the north side, this unit is >3
km in outcrop thickness. It is intensely folded near the synclinal axis, and gently dipping
toward to northern edge of the Tula uplift. The section fines upwards with more
conglomerate beds at the base. The uppermost kilometer also consists of many
interbedded conglomerate and sandstone beds with a consistent reddish color.
Paleogene strata
In the central and eastern parts of the Tula syncline, the Paleogene unit (P, Figs.
D2 and D3, Table Dl) crops out in the core of the syncline. Chinese researchers assigned
a Paleogene age to these strata based on reports of Oligocene ostracods in the section
(XBGMR, 1993). Underneath the Paleogene basal horizon. Cretaceous strata are folded.
The deformation may be pre-Paleogene or may be related to post-Paleogene faulting
between these two units. The section coarsens upward with an increase in the abundance
of conglomerate toward the top. The Paleogene unit is very resistant, producing the high
peaks of the region. The characteristic feature is the dominance of limestone and
metamorphic clasts in the conglomerate beds.
194
Cretaceous Plutons
Cretaceous plutons are located in the southern part of the Tula uplift and separate
the basin strata from metamorphic rocks to the south. The plutons are 2-6 km in diameter
in the eastern and central regions and intrude the Upper Jurassic East Tula and
Cretaceous units. In the western part of the Tula uplift, the intrusives are less abundant
and too small to map at 1:100,000 scale. Samples collected from various granite bodies
are composed of quartz, K-feldspar, plagioclase, biotite, muscovite ± apatite and zircon.
The diorite sample contains altered feldspar, pyroxene, chlorite, and quartz. The U-Pb
age of the zircons from a granitic pluton is 74±3 Ma (Table D2, Fig. D4, location
designated by star on Fig. D2).
Petrographic Data
Results
Nineteen samples were point counted from Upper Jurassic strata, six from
Cretaceous strata, and five from Paleogene rocks. Definitions of the parameters counted
are shown in Table D3 and the recalculated data, average modes, and standard deviations
are shown in Table D4. We display our results using framework-grain assemblages
(QtFL, QmFLt), framework mineral grains (QmPK), and framework lithic grains
(QpLvtLsm).
Generally, all samples, except those from the upper Qarqan unit, are litharenites
and cluster together in QtFL, QmFLt, and QmPK space (Fig. D5). The upper Qarqan unit
is a lithofeldspathic arenite and plots distinctly away from the other units. In ternary
TABLE D2: U-Pb ISOTOPIC DATA AND AGES FOR CRETACEOUS PLUTON
Apparent ages (Ma)
Grain Pbc U "P^ ®®Pbc '"Pb* "^Pb* "^Pb'
wt.(//g) (pg) (ppm) "*Pb ""Pb ™Pb*
13 1405 4148 52.5 1.2 88.9 £ ^6 118.5 X 16.7 762 £ 270 9 285 1462 57.9 1.3 86.2 ± 2.2 88.5 ± 14.1 149 £ 350
14 120 794 146.4 2.4 141.9 ± 1.4 145.1 £ 6.9 197 £ 100 12 205 949 119 2.1 178.2 1.9 215.9 ± 1.2 650 £ 110 12 830 3028 63.2 1.4 103.9 ± 2.4 113.5 £ 14.9 319 £ 280 11 705 2421 46.3 1.1 74.5 2.2 74.9 £ 17.6 88 £ 520 8 690 4738 90.5 1.8 133.2 ± 2.0 141.4 £ 11.7 281 £ 180
11 36 1256 307 4.1 74.9 £ 1.7 77.1 £ 3.8 143 £ 100 9 56 1804 234 3.5 74.7 ± 1.6 75.9 £ 4.9 116 £ 138 7 175 1652 118 2.3 151.8 £ 1.8 159.3 £ 9.5 273 £ 130
* = radiogenic Pb.
Notes: All analyses are of single zircon crystals.
™Pb/^Pb is measured ratio, uncorrected for blank, spike, or fractionation.
"®Pb/"*Pb is corrected for blank, spike, and fractionation.
Most concentrations have an uncertainty of 25% due to uncertainty in weight of grain.
Constants used:
= 137.88. Decay constant for™U = 9.8485x10'"'. Decay constant for^U = 1.55125x10"'
All uncertainties are at the 95% confidence level. Pb blank was -5 pg. U blank was <1 pg.
Ail analyses conducted using conventional isotope dilution and thermal ionization
mass spectrometry, as described by Gehrels (2000).
196
0.04 240
200 \o 0.03
160
0.02 120
80
0.01 74 ± 3 Ma
0.24 0.04 0.12 0.20 0.28 0.08
Figure D4: U-Pb single zircon analyses (n=IO) from a Cretaceous pluton. The interpreted age is 74±3 Ma (95% confidence level) based on three concordant analyses.
TABLE D3: PETROGRAPHIC PARAMETERS
Qm Monocrystalline quartz Qp Polycrystalline quartz Opt Foliated polycrystalline quartz Qss Monocrystalline quartz in sandstone/quartzite lithic grain C Chert •t Total quartzose grains (= Qm -t- Qp -t- Qpt Qss C)
K Potassium feldspar (including perthite. myrmekite, microcline) P Plagioclse feldspar (including Na and Ca varieties) F Total feldspar grains (= K + P)
Lvl Lathwork volcanic grains Lvm Microlitic volcanic grains Lvf Felsic volcanic grains Lw Vitric volcanic grains Lvt Total volcanic lithic grains { = Lvl + Lvm + Lvf + Lw)
Lph Phylllte Lsch Schist Lma Marble (foliated, coarse-grained) Lshs Mudstone and siltstone Us Umestone Ld Oolostone Lsm Total metasedimentary lithic grains (= Lshs Lph Lsch Lma Us Ld)
Ls Total sedimentary lithic grains (= Lshs -t- Us -t- Ld) Lm Total metamorphic lithic grains (= Lph Lsch Una) L Uthic grains (= Lvt -i- Lsm) Lt Total lithic grains (= Qp + Qpt +Qss C + Lvt Lsm)
M Phyllosilicates = muscovite. biotite, chlorite, kaolinite 0 Dense minerals = apatite, amphibole. tourmaline, zircon, sphene
198
FIGURE D4: RECALCULATED DATA
Sample Qt Qm F L Lt Qm P K Qp Lvt Lsm Lm Lvt Ls M- D*
Jw1 68 26 13 18 61 66 30 5 52 4 44 51 9 41 4 1 Jw2 74 34 12 14 54 73 20 6 54 5 6 43 14 43 3 0 Jw3 72 36 13 15 51 74 22 5 56 6 38 48 10 42 3 0 Jw4 65 34 18 16 48 65 27 8 52 3 45 40 7 S3 6 1 AVG 70 32 14 16 54 69 25 6 54 5 33 45 10 45 STDEV 4 5 3 2 5 5 5 2 2 1 18 5 3 6 Jel 71 30 15 14 55 66 21 13 43 18 29 37 49 14 1 1 Je2 73 31 21 6 47 59 28 12 71 0 29 58 0 42 6 0 Je3 79 38 15 7 47 72 10 18 79 1 20 40 7 53 0 0 Je4 77 31 14 9 56 69 26 6 72 1 27 43 5 52 1 0 JeS 75 45 11 15 44 81 13 6 47 3 50 43 6 51 1 2 Je6 69 37 12 18 51 75 12 13 37 6 57 48 10 42 9 0 AVG 74 35 15 11 50 70 18 11 58 7 35 45 13 43 STDEV 4 6 4 5 5 8 8 5 18 11 15 7 18 15 Juq1 58 11 32 10 58 25 25 50 75 3 22 58 13 29 5 3 Juq2 56 9 31 13 60 22 56 22 69 11 19 43 38 20 20 0 Juq3 56 13 25 19 62 35 50 15 58 5 37 78 12 10 22 4 Juq4 59 7 31 10 62 18 30 52 79 1 20 89 7 4 10 0 AVG 57 10 29 13 61 25 40 35 70 5 25 67 17 16 STDEV 1 3 3 4 2 7 15 19 9 4 8 21 14 11 JIq1 85 24 5 10 72 83 17 0 78 4 18 58 58 26 1 3 Jlq2 62 16 26 13 58 39 30 30 55 18 27 32 32 29 3 1 AVG 74 20 15 11 65 61 24 15 67 11 23 45 45 27 STDEV 17 5 15 2 10 31 9 22 16 10 6 18 18 2 Jml 75 37 16 9 47 69 31 0 69 6 25 18 21 62 1 3 Jm2 73 19 19 8 63 50 50 0 80 8 11 31 43 26 2 0 Jm3 92 26 3 5 71 91 9 0 88 2 10 50 17 33 2 0 AVG 80 27 13 7 60 70 30 0 79 5 15 33 27 40 STDEV 10 9 9 2 12 20 20 0 10 3 8 16 14 19 K1 78 39 12 9 49 76 24 0 67 7 26 43 21 36 6 0 K2 87 25 6 7 69 81 16 4 84 8 8 12 52 36 2 1 K3 80 26 15 5 59 63 37 0 88 2 10 62 14 24 2 1 K4 78 26 15 7 58 63 25 11 85 2 13 33 13 53 2 5 K5 67 28 20 12 51 58 42 0 65 7 28 49 20 31 3 1 K6 75 29 17 8 54 64 36 0 78 3 19 71 12 18 8 2
AVG 78 29 14 8 57 68 30 2 78 5 17 45 22 33 STDEV 6 5 5 3 7 9 10 5 10 3 8 21 15 12 PI 77 17 15 8 68 54 24 22 80 5 15 32 24 45 2 0 P2 74 27 20 7 53 58 32 10 80 0 20 55 0 45 5 0 P3 68 22 16 16 62 57 35 8 60 2 38 51 4 45 13 2 P4 71 14 20 9 67 41 59 0 79 3 18 55 14 31 7 0 P5 74 38 13 13 50 75 24 1 56 8 36 48 18 34 11 2 AVG 73 24 17 11 60 57 35 8 71 4 25 48 12 40 STDEV 4 9 3 4 8 12 14 9 12 3 11 10 10 7
* raw data not normalized
Qm Qm o Jw
• Je
a Jlq
• Jm
Juq
Jm
Lt F F F L F L Lt Qm Qm
Jm Jw
Jm
Juq
Juq
K Lvt Lsm Lsm P Lvt
Figure D5: Ternary diagrams for Upper Jurassic-Paleogene strata in the Tula uplit\: (A) QtFL and QmFLt diagrams, the recycled orogen provenance fields from Dickinson (1985) are within the indicated areas; (B) QtFL and QmFLt diagrams showing average modes for each unit by a single symbol and standard deviations by the surrounding trapezoids; (C) QmPK and QpLvtLsm diagrams; (D) QmPK and QpLvtLsm diagrams showing average modes for each unit by a single symbol and standard deviations by the surrounding trapezoids.
200
QtFL space, framework-grain compositions in the Tula strata reside near the quartz pole,
except for the upper Qarqan unit. Because many of the quartzose grains are
polycrystalline quartz and quartzose tectonites, the cluster shifts to the lithics pole in
QmFLt space. The monomineralic populations (QmPK) are dominated by
monocrystalline quartz and plagioclase, except for the upper Qarqan unit. The lithic
fraction is dominated by sedimentary and metasedimentary grains (Figs. D5A and DSD),
and is represented in ail samples by foliated polycrystailine quartz grains, chert,
limestone, siltstone, shale, phyllite, and schist (Fig. D6). Volcanic lithic fragments are
moderately abundant (up to -18%) in a few samples (Table D4).
Quartz fraction
The average modes of the West Tula, East Tula, lower Qarqan, Muselik,
Cretaceous, and Paleogene units are grouped because they plot similarly in ternary space.
These units have little feldspar and a high percentage of total quartz grains (average
%QtFL=75,15,I0), resulting from abundant polycrystalline (Qp) and foliated
polycrystalline (Qpt) quartz (Table D4). The upper Qarqan unit has a low percentage of
total quartz grains and a moderate amount of feldspar (%QtFL=57,30,13). The lower
Qarqan and Paleogene units have lower percentages of monocrystalline quartz than the
West Tula, East Tula or Muselik units (QmFLt). The upper Qarqan unit has a lower
percentage of monocrystalline quartz and subequal plagioclase and potassium feldspar
contents (%QmPK=25,40,35), in contrast with the other units which have average
%QmPK=66,27,7, suggesting that there was a source of uplift metamorphic and
sedimentary rock and a plutonic source.
Figure D6: Photomicrographs of rocks in the Tula uplift, all under crossed polarizers; A. Quartz-mica schist (QM),
monocrystalline quartz (Qm), and polycrystalline quartz (Qp); B. typical syntectonic rock, foliated polycrystalline quartz
(Qpt), chert (C), K-feldspar (K); C. "granitic" composition of the upper Qarqan unit, plagioclase feldspar (P), K-feldspar (K), quartz (Q); D. Volcanic lithic (Lv), monocrystalline quartz (Qm), and polycrystalline quartz (Qp). Widths of A., B., and D.
are ~2.5 mm; width of C. is ~1 mm.
202
Lithic fraction
All units have high total lithic and low feldspar contents (average
%QmFLt=27,14,59), except for the upper Qarqan unit which has a moderate amount of
feldspar and low monocrystalline quartz content (%QniFLt= 10,29,61). A high lithic
fraction is indicative of syntectonic sediments. The West and East Tula units have a
lower percentage of polycrystalline quartz than the other units and a correspondingly
higher lithic content (Figs. DSC and DSD). The lithic fraction of the West and East Tula
units is dominated by limestone, siltstone, shale, phyllite, and schist. The lithic fraction of
the upper Qarqan unit consists mainly of phyllite and schist. The lithic fraction of the
Muselik unit is donunantly dolostone and phyllite whereas the lower Qarqan and
Cretaceous units have abundant siltstone, shale, and phyllite. The Paleogene unit has a
high lithic fraction composed of limestone, siltstone, shale, phyllite and schist. The upper
Qarqan and Paleogene units have comparatively high muscovite and biotite contents.
Petrographic relations
Although the original stratigraphic relations of the various Upper Jurassic units
are unknown because most units are fault bounded, the petrographic data provide some
insights. The point counts of the West and East Tula units are very similar and as
mentioned previously, these two units occupy the same structural position in the syncline.
Although the West and East Tula units are lithologically somewhat different, this may be
the result of lateral facies changes and the two units may originally have been contiguous.
Two samples from the lower Qarqan unit are completely different from one another
suggesting that we do not have enough data to characterize this unit.
203
Petrographically, the upper Qarqan unit is distinct from the other units in the Tula
area. The average modes of the Cretaceous and Upper Jurassic Muselik units are
indistinguishable in all the ternary diagrams (Fig. D5). The Muselik unit is juxtaposed
with the Cretaceous unit by a fault (F9, Fig. D2) in the southern part of the syncline. The
Muselik unit was assigned to a separate unit because of its unique lithologies, however,
this unit may be Cretaceous in age. Further work is necessary to clarify this relationship.
Provenance interpretations
The strata in the Tula uplift are very immature with a high proportion of unstable
lithics and feldspars. All of the samples plot within or near the recycled orogen
provenance field of Dickinson (1985) (Fig. D5). All units are undoubtedly syntectonic
and were derived from a local source that was lithologically diverse, consisting of
metamorphic, igneous, and metasedimentary rocks. The fact that the Upper Jurassic units
are syntectonic suggests that uplift on the northern part of the Tibetan Plateau began in
Late Jurassic time, concurrent with tectonic activity on the southern margin of Asia. The
syntectonic nature of the Cretaceous and Paleogene units suggests that uplift continued
through Cretaceous and early Tertiary time in the Tula area.
Sparse paleocurrent data collected by Ritts (1998) suggests that the source of the
Upper Jurassic and Cretaceous strata in the northwestern Qaidam basin was located to the
north. However, current directions in the Tula uplift are potentially different from those
further to the east in the northwest Qaidam basin. If the source was to the north of the
Tula basin, any potential source terranes for the Mesozoic strata are presently far from
Tula because of the presence of the Altyn Tagh fault just north of the Tula area. Offset
204
along the central Altyn Tagh fault is on the order of 400 km (Ritts and Biffi, 2000).
Hence the basin may be translated up to 400 km from its likely source area in the western
Kunlun Shan, which contains a multitude of Phanerozoic sediments and Paleozoic-
Mesozoic igneous bodies (Sobel, 1999). Ritts (1998) hypothesized that the Tanan high,
located in the middle of the Tarim basin during Mesozoic time, could have been one
source for the south Tarim and northwest Qaidam basins (which includes the Tula basin).
However, if the source of the Upper Jurassic and Cretaceous rock is derived from the
south, the strata may have been derived from the pre-Mesozoic metamorphic basement.
Additional petrographic analyses coupled with statistically significant paleocurrent data
would help resolve the provenance of the Upper Jurassic and Cretaceous Tula basin
sediments.
Our mapping suggests that the Paleogene strata were derived from the
Precambrian basement rock south of the Tula syncline, and the petrographic data are
concordant with that suggestion. In summary, our data from the Tula area suggest that
uplift in the northern Tibetan Plateau region began in Late Jurassic time and continued at
least through Paleogene time.
Structural Geology
Tula svncline
The Tula uplift is bounded by Precambrian basement to the south and
Carboniferous rock to the east, and has a tectonically active northern boundary (Fig. D2).
Upper Jurassic through Paleogene strata are folded into a north-verging syncline, with
205
steep dips on the south limb and moderate to shallow dips on the north limb. Upper
Jurassic and Cretaceous strata south of the syncline are truncated by faults. The synclinal
axis and strata in the central part have an east-west strike and in the eastern region have a
northwest-southeast strike. The difference in strikes creates a prominent bend in the trace
of the fold between the east and central regions and gives the rocks and structures in the
Tula uplift their arcuate shape.
Kuzisav thrust
The Kuzisay thrust (Fig. D2, FI in Table D5) is a south dipping, north-verging
fault that brings Precambrian metamorphic basement over the Upper Jurassic Muselik
unit in the area of cross section 1-1' (Fig. D7), over the Cretaceous strata near cross
section 2-2', and over the Carboniferous Yak Valley unit farther to the east in cross
section 3-3'. This fault clearly cuts rocks of Late Jurassic age in the western part of the
Tula syncline and dips -50° to the south based on the orientation of foliation
measurements near the fault. Cretaceous plutons separate the Kuzisay thrust from
sedimentary strata in the central and eastern areas. Erosional patterns between the
Precambrian basement rock and the Cretaceous plutons suggest that the Kuzisay thrust
cuts the plutons.
Other thrust faults (See Table D5)
The Tula uplift is bounded on the north by a thrust fault (F2 in Table D5, Fig.
D7). At one locality in the eastern region, this fault places the East Tula unit over the
undivided Carboniferous basement. This range-bounding thrust fault has been active
recently as shown by offset Quaternary gravels in the central part of the Tula uplift
206
TABLE D5: FAULT DATA
Riulc
Fl
F2
F3
F4n
F4s
F5
F6
F7
F8
F9
FIO
F l l
Region Structural data
all regions Precambnon basement over West Tula unit. N70E, 4S*65*S
all regions western - upper Qarqan next to undivided Carboniferous, near vertical central • deformed Quaternary gravels eastern - East Tula next to undivided Carboniferous, near vertical
central intraformational: N90W. 50*^
central and Paleogene over Cretaceous; Cretaceous deformed under eastern fault; .V70E. 20-3(rs
central and Paleogene over Cretaceous; N90E. 75*N to 80^ overturned eastern
western upper Qarqan on top of lower Qarqan. E-W. TCTN; upper Qaraan and West Tula, relationship uncenain. covered by Quaternary
western lower Qarqan over Mandalike. N55E. 40^E; dike intnided along contact in one location
western Mandalike over West Tula. N80W. 80°N; zone of deformation
western separates lower Qarqan from West Tula; assumed buried under Quaternary inferred to strike NW-SE
central Cretaceous next to Muselik; N90E. vertical
eastern Cretaceous next to Yak Valley; vertical, various orientations
eastern Yak Valley next to Cretaceous; contact inferred
Type of fault
thrust
thrust or strike-slip thrust thrust or strike-slip
thrust
thrust
thrust or strike-slip
thrust or strike-slip
probably thrust
probably thrust possibly strike-sii[:
unknown
probably strike-slip possibly thrust
unknown
assumed
South North
pCs
Cm
pCs KR
Jw
pCs km
Figure D7: Three scaled cross-sections across the Tula uplift. Cross-section lines and unit abbreviations are shown in Figure D2. The nomenclature of the faults is shown in Table D5.
208
(Fig. D8). It appears that F2 is influenced by the proximity of the Altyn Tagh fault in the
western part of the Tula uplift because it contains a significant component of oblique slip
(Fig. D7A) as shown by sub-horizontal slickenlines and near vertical fault trace. F2 either
joins, is cut by, or traces very close to the Altyn Tagh fault farther to the west.
An intraformational thrust fault (F3, Table D5, Fig. D7B) occurs in the West Tula
unit in the central region of the Tula uplift. The thrust created an overturned syncline in
the West Tula unit (Fig. D9). F3 strikes N90W and dips 50°SW.
An out-of-the-syncline thrust fault (F4n and F4s, Table D5) separates Faleogene
strata from the near vertical strata of the underlying Cretaceous unit in the central and
eastern parts of the Tula syncline. F4s on the southern limb of the Tula syncline has a
near vertical orientation with an east-west strike (Figs. D7B and D7C). On the northern
limb, F4n has an orientation of N87E, 20°SE.
Other faults
Other faults in the Tula syncline have various slip senses and are listed in Table 5.
Faults located in the west are F5, F6, F7, and F8 (Fig. D2). Most of the units in the
western region are bounded by faults but the nature of some of the faults is unclear (Fig.
D7A). F9 is located south of the Tula syncline in the central region (Fig. D7B) and
maybe a strike-slip or thrust fault. FIO and F11 are located in the extreme southeastern
region (Fig. D2). The strikes of these faults are generally east-west but their sense of slip
is unknown. For all of these faults, the sense of motion was interpreted from map
relationships, slickenlines, and stratigraphic offset. Slickenlines on some of the faults are
sub-horizontal indicating strike-slip, but the sense of slip is ambiguous.
Figure D8: Photograph of deformed Quaternary gravels for the northern range-bounding fault (F2), indicating the fault has been recently active. The top and bottom of a~0.5 m thick layer covering the faults in the wash is marked. An older surface at the top is cut and oifset by the thrust. North is toward the left. Approximately 1 m of a truck is shown for scale.
lO o o
210
overturned synciine
Figure D9: Photograph of an overturned synciine in the Upper Jurassic West Tula unit which is attributed to regional folding of basin strata into the Tula uplift. Field of view ~500 m.
211
Tectonic History
Tula uplift
The Mesozoic tectonic history of the Tula area begins with the deposition of
Upper Jurassic strata (West Tula, East Tula, upper Qarqan, lower Qarqan, and Muselik
units) (Fig. DlOA). Stratigraphic relations and petrographic data are not sufficient to
document the primary relations between the various Upper Jurassic units, but permit the
interpretation that all of the units were laterally contiguous and part of the same basin
sequence. The source for this thick sequence of clastic strata is as yet unclear. The
similarity of metamorphic clasts in the Upper Jurassic strata with basement rocks south of
the Kuzisay thrust raises the possibility that the source was to the south, and that the
Kuzisay thrust experienced an early phase of motion during Late Jurassic time. Ritts
(1998), however, collected paleocurrent data from the northwest Qaidam basin area and
concluded that paleocurrents were south-directed in Late Jurassic time. A systematic
collection of paleocurrent data in the Tula area would more accurately locate the source.
After deposition, the Upper Jurassic units experienced an episode of deformation
(Fig. DlOB) in Early Cretaceous time. In the west, the Carboniferous Mandalike unit is
faulted between the Upper Jurassic lower Qarqan and West Tula units. If we assume a
layer cake stratigraphy, motion on these faults and related deformation of the Upper
Jurassic units must have occurred before deposition of Cretaceous strata because the
Cretaceous strata are not offset. The Jurassic strata were also uplifted, tilted, and eroded
prior to the deposition of the overlying Cretaceous strata, as evidenced by the angular
unconformity at the base of the Cretaceous section (Fig. DIOC). The origin of this
212
A. Late Jurassic source to north
B. Early Cretaceous
C. Early-Mid Cretaceous source to north
Cm
D. Late Cretaceous
pCs KPy
E. Early Paleogene ..^ource in basement rock
IJI cm V
F. Paleogene
pCa
Cm
G. Post-Paleogene
pCs
Altyn Tagh fault
Figure DIO: Schematic cross-sections portraying the evolution of the Tula uplift. South is to the left in each diagram. (A) deposition of Upper Jurassic strata; (B) faulting of Upper Jurassic strata, unknown sense of motion on the faults; (C) deposition of Lower to mid-Cretaceous strata of the Cretaceous unit; (D) intrusion of Cretaceous plutons followed by motion on the Kuzisay thrust in Late Cretaceous time; (E) subsequent deposition of the Paleogene strata in early Paleogene time; (F) folding of the strata in the Tula area into a syncline post- and/or syn-Paleogene time; (G) faulting and uplift of the present range that continues to the present time.
213
deformational event is also uncertain — local relations are consistent with early motion
along the Kuzisay thrust and uplift to the south, whereas Ritts (1998) reports south-
directed paleocurrents from Cretaceous strata in the northwest Qaidam basin area.
In Late Cretaceous time, the Cretaceous plutons were intruded and northward
motion occurred along the Kuzisay thrust (Fig. DIOD). The Kuzisay thrust uplifted the
Precambrian schist and caused widespread deformation in the Upper Jurassic and
Cretaceous units. The sparse presence of metamorphic clasts in the Cretaceous unit
indicates that the main phase of uplift of the Precambrian schist occurred after deposition
of the Cretaceous strata.
As a result of uplift of the basement along the Kuzisay thrust, flexural
accommodation space was created and allowed the deposition of the Paleogene strata
(Fig. DlOE). Metamorphic clasts are abundant in the Paleogene unit. Point-counting
indicates that the source terrane included plutonic, metamorphic, and metasedimentary
rocks, all of which are found in the hanging wall of the thrust. The lack of penetrative
deformation in the Paleogene unit but abundant deformation in the Cretaceous and Upper
Jurassic units also suggests that thrusting occurred prior to deposition of the Paleogene
strata.
After or during deposition of the Paleogene strata, the entire basin was deformed
into a syncline (Fig. DIOF). The northward asymmetry of the syncline suggests that the
contractional deformation originated from the south. We interpret this folding to have
occurred in response to re-activation of motion or continued motion along the Kuzisay
thrust. It is possible that a ramp-anticline buried to the south of the syncline could have
214
caused the overturning of the south limb of the Tula syncline and fed slip northward into
the northern range-bounding thrust fault (F2). In any case, the folding caused an out-of-
the-syncline thrust fault between the Paleogene unit and underlying Cretaceous strata.
Faulting in post-Paleogene time caused further deformation of rocks in the Tula
uplift (Fig. DlOG). Deformed Quaternary gravels (Fig. D8) in the northern part of the
Tula syncline indicate that the range-bounding thrust fault (F2) is presently active. We
suggest that the Kuzisay thrust was reactivated post-Paleogene, creating the northern
range-bounding thrust fault (E^), the intraformational thrust in the West Tula unit (F3),
and the overturned syncline. To the northwest, closer to the Altyn Tagh fault, the range-
bounding fault becomes strike-slip, suggesting some influence from this immense left-
lateral strike-slip fault.
The synclinal axis of the Tula syncline is bent from an east-west orientation in the
central Tula area to a southeast-northwest orientation in the eastern region. The
prominent bend occurred after formation of the syncline because the synclinal axis and
the Paleogene strata are also bent. The creation of the arcuate shape of the Tula syncline
was probably synchronous with motion that created the range-bounding thrust fault.
Unfortunately, mapping in the Tula area was not able to resolve the relationship of this
arcuate bend to the nearby Altyn Tagh fault.
Regional
According to most previous syntheses, the Mesozoic basins of central Asia
formed in response to tectonic activity on the southern edge of Asia (Watson et al., 1987;
215
Graham et al., 1988; Hendrix et al., 1992, 1996). Stratigraphic and structural relations in
the Tula area are strongly supportive of this view, as outlined below.
The Qiangtang terrane was accreted onto the Eastern Kunlun-Qaidam and
Songpan-Ganzi terranes along the Jinsha suture in Triassic-Early Jurassic time (Coward
et al., 1988; Matte et al., 1996; Kapp et al., 2000). The exact accretion time is disputed
but in any case, it is possible that this collision created enough accommodation space to
allow for the deposition of the Upper Jurassic strata. In the north and west Tarim basins, a
major sediment influx of conglomerate occurred in Late Jurassic time followed by rapid
subsidence which is attributed to the accretion of the Qiangtang block (Hendrix et al.,
1992; Sobel 1995). Accommodation space for the Upper Jurassic sediments in the Tula
area could have been created by this collision or by accretion of the Lhasa terrane onto
the Qiangtang terrane along the Banggong suture during Late Jurassic-Early Cretaceous
time (Coward et al., 1988). Deformation of the Upper Jurassic strata in the Tula basin
may also be related to this event. Transport of detritus into the Tula basin and
accumulation of the Cretaceous strata are probably a direct result of the Lhasa collision.
Ritts (1998) noted subsidence rate increases in the Mesozoic basins during Early Jurassic,
Middle Jurassic, Middle-Late Jurassic and Early Cretaceous time, and concluded that
subsidence in northwest China occurred mainly in response to a sustained contractional
setting rather than in response to specific collisions.
The Cretaceous plutons were emplaced at ~74 Ma and motion occurred on the
Kuzisay thrust. The cause of these crustal thickening events is enigmatic because they
occurred >500 km from the trench in a retroarc setting. This pluton- and basement-cored
216
uplift is similar in style and distance from the plate boundary to the Laramide basement
uplifts in western North America. In fact, contractile, basement-cored uplifts and
intervening basins were theorized to exist in central Asia by Graham et al. (1993) based
on sand compositions in the modem basins. Emergence of the basement south of the Tula
syncline along the Kuzisay thrust records crustal thickening in Paleogene time, and is a
local manifestation of the more regional uplift of the northern Tibetan Plateau.
The dominant cause of uplift of the Tibetan Plateau and the large strike-slip faults
in the Asian interior (e.g., Altyn Tagh fault) is the accretion of India onto the southem
margin of the Lhasa terrane which began in early Cenozoic time. Yet, the syntectonic
nature of the sandstones in the Tula area, uplift of basement rock, and pluton injection
argues for some uplift and thickening along the northern part of the Tibetan Plateau at
least since -74 Ma and maybe since Late Jurassic time. This is significantly earlier then
most previous models for uplift of the northern Tibetan Plateau which support initiation
during Cenozoic time (e.g., Peltzer and Tapponnier, 1988; Burchfiel and Royden, 1991;
Rumelhart et al., 2001).
The main phase of crustal thickening in the region, as recorded by the
accumulation of the thick Paleogene clastic wedge, may have been kinematically linked
to the Altyn Tagh fault, much like thrust faults in the Nan Shan feed displacement into
the Altyn Tagh fault today (Burchfiel et al., 1989). Supporting this view is the similarity
in timing of the deposition of the Paleogene strata and uplift of the basement terrane to
the south with the initiation of motion along the Altyn Tagh fault during Oligocene time
(Bally etal., 1986, Hanson, 1997; Rumelhart et al., 1997, 2001; Wang, 1997).
217
Alternatively, the uplift of the basement along the Kuzisay thrust may have been
completely decoupled from the kinematics of the Altyn Tagh fault. Subsequently, the
Tula basin was folded into a north-verging syncline and the modem boundaries of the
Tula syncline were created by motion on the Kuzisay thrust to the south and on the range-
bounding fault to the north. This deformation may or may not have been related to the
Altyn Tagh fault.
The axis of the Tula syncline bends in the east-central region and gives the
syncline its arcuate map pattern (Figure D2). Three prominent hypotheses exist for the
formation of the prominent bend. The first is that distributed left-lateral motion along the
Altyn Tagh fault sheared the rocks south of the fault, creating an oroclinal bend (Yin and
Harrison, 2000). The second hypothesis is that the shape is the result of a lateral ramp
along the front of the Tula uplift intersecting a frontal ramp, where the apparent bend in
the eastern region occurs (Yin and Harrison, 20(K)). We propose a third hypothesis, that a
decrease in slip to the east and west along the range-bounding thrust created a thrust
salient. All of these options are consistent with field mapping. Paleomagnetic studies
(Dupont-Nivet et al., 2001) show that the sediments of the Tula uplift have not
experienced vertical axis rotation. Therefore, only the second and third hypotheses are
viable and reveal that the formation of the arcuate nature of the Tula uplift probably is not
directed related to the Altyn Tagh fault. Although some features may be kinematically
related to the Altyn Tagh fault, the Tula uplift could have formed entirely independently
of the continental scale strike-slip fault, suggesting that the deformation along the Altyn
Tagh fault in this area is localized to within a few tens of kilometers from the fault.
218
Conclusions
Field investigations in the newly characterized Tula uplift along the northern
margin of the Tibetan Plateau provide a clearer understanding of Mesozoic and Cenozoic
tectonics in central Asia. Mesozoic-Cenozoic strata within the uplift provide a rare
glimpse into the protracted history of the region. Our investigations have revealed the
following:
1. The lithic composition of sandstones of Late Jurassic age and the deformation, uplift,
and erosion of Upper Jurassic strata suggests that significant regional uplift occurred in
the Tula area during Late Jurassic time. This may result from accretion of the Qiangtang
or Lhasa terranes onto Asia's southern margin, and may record early uplift of the Tibetan
Plateau.
2. The intrusion of Cretaceous plutons and the uplift of basement rock on the Kuzisay
thrust support crustal thickening and shortening in the northern Tibetan Plateau beginning
prior to deposition of Paleogene strata, and perhaps beginning ~74 Ma. This may record
collisional tectonics along the southern margin of Asia during or prior to the arrival of the
India.
3. Folding of the Tula syncline is syn- or post-Paleogene and is probably related to
continued motion on the Kuzisay thrust or passive folding above a buried ramp to the
south of the Tula syncline.
4. A prominent bend in the synclinal axis developed after the Tula syncline was formed,
giving the structure its arcuate shape. Field relations do not discriminate between several
possible hypotheses for the formation of the Tula syncline. However, paleomagnetic data
219
rule out the possibility that it is the result of shear along the Altyn Tagh fault (Dupont-
Nivet et al., 2001). Thus, the oroclinal shape may result from either a north verging thrust
salient or the intersection of a frontal ramp with a lateral ramp. In either case, the
deformation may be entirely unrelated to the Altyn Tagh fault.
5. The Tula uplift has an active northern range-bounding fault which suggests that
thickening and uplift of the Tibetan Plateau is still occurring. These data and other studies
suggest that this region has experienced a long history related to the tectonics occurring
synchronously on the southern margin of Asia.
6. Uplift on the northern Tibetan Plateau region apparently began in Late Jurassic time,
continued through Cretaceous and early Tertiary time, and continues to the present day.
These relations suggest that the northern Tibet Plateau region was tectonicaily active, and
undergoing regional compressional deformation, uplift, and erosion, long before the early
Tertiary India-Asia collision. Further stratigraphic, provenance, and geochronologic
investigations in the Tula syncline would clarify the details of this tectonic activity.
Acknowledgements
We thank Professor Wang Xiao Feng for organizing our field logistics. Eric
Cowgill and An Yin provided assistance within China and perceptive discussions. Pete
DeCelles provided invaluable assistance with the petrographic and sedimentological data.
Informal reviews by Andrew Hanson, Brad Ritts, Ed Sobel, and An Yin improved this
manuscript. This study was supported by National Science Foundation grant EAR-
9725663.
220
References
Bally, A.W., Chou, I.M., Clayton, R., Eugster, H.P., Kidwell, S., Meckel, L.D., Ryder, R.T., Watts, A.B., and Wilson, A.A., 1986, Notes on sedimentary basins in China—Report of the American sedimentary basins delegation to the People's Republic of China, U.S. Geological Survey Open-File Report 86-327, 108 p.
Burchfiel, B.C., Deng, Q., Molnar, P., Royden, L., Qang Y., Zhang, P., and Zhang, W., 1989, Intracrustal detachment within zones of continental deformation; Geology, V. 17, p. 448-452.
Burchfiel, B.C., and Royden, L.H., 1991, Tectonics of Asia 50 years after the death of Emile Argand: Ecologae Geologica Helvetica, v. 84, p. 599-629.
Burtman, V.S., 1980, Faults of middle Asia: American Journal of Science, v. 280, p. 725-744.
Carroll, A.R., Graham, S.A., Hendrix, M.S., Ying, D., and Zhou, D., 1995, Late Paleozoic tectonic amalgamation of northwestern China: Sedimentary record of the northern Tarim, northwestern Turpan, and southern Junggar Basins: Geological Society of America Bulletin, v. 107, p. 571-594.
Chen, Z. (Ed.), 1985, Geological map of Xinjiang Uygur Autonomous Region, China: scale 1:2,000,000, Geological Publishing House, Beijing.
Coward, M.P., Kidd, W.S.F., Pan, Y., and Shackleton, R.M., 1988, Structure of the 1985 Geotraverse, Lhasa to Golmud: Philosophic Transactions Royal Society of London, v. A327, p. 307-336.
Dickinson, W.R., 1985, Interpreting provenance relations from detrital modes of sandstones, in Zuffa, G.G., ed.. Provenance of Arenites: Reidel Dordrecht, p. 333-361.
Dupont-Nivet, G., Robinson, D.M., Yin, A., Butler, R.F., Zhang, Y., and Qiao, W.S., 2001, Paleomagnetism shows localized shear along the Altyn Tagh fault, in preparation.
Gehrels, G.E., 2000, Introduction to detrital zircon studies of Paleozoic and Triassic strata in western Nevada and northern California, in Soreghan, M.J., and Gehrels, G.E., eds.. Paleozoic and Triassic Paleogeography and Tectonics of Western Nevada and Northern California: Geological Society of America Special Paper 347.
Gehrels, G.E., Yin, A., Chen, X., and Wang, X., 1999, Preliminary U-Pb geochronologic
221
studies along the Altyn Tagh fault, western China [abs]: Eos (Transactions, American Geophysical Union), v. 80, F1018.
Graham, S.A., Zuchang, X., Carroll, A., Mcknight, C., 1988, Mesozoic-Cenozoic Basins of Western China as Example of Partitioned Retro-Arc Foreland Basin System: Association of American Petroleum Geologist Bulletin, v. 72, p. 191.
Graham, S.A., Brassell, S., Carroll, A.R., Xiao, X., Demaison, G., McKnight, C.L., Liang, Y., Chu, J., and Hendrix, M.S., 1990, Characteristics of Selected Petroleum Source Rocks, Xianjiang Uygur Autonomous Region, Northwest China: The American Association of Petroleum Geologists Bulletin, v. 74, p. 493-512.
Graham, S.A., Hendrix, M.S., Wang, L.B., Carroll, A.R., 1993, Collisional successor basins of western China: impact of tectonic inheritance on sand composition: Geological Society of America Bulletin, v. 105, p. 323-344.
Guo, Z., Zhang, Z., and Zeng, P., 1998, Discovery of mega-thick oil sandstone and asphalt in the Jurassic System in the Tula Basin and its significance: Chinese Science Bulletin, v. 43, p. 1898-1901.
Hanson, A.D., 1997, Evidence of Cenozoic erosional unroofing adjacent to the northern Qaidam basin, NW China, preserved within basin-margin strata: Geological Society of America Abstracts with Programs, v. 29, p. A143.
Harris N.B.W, Xu, R., Lewis, C.L., Haekeworth, C.J., Zhang, Y., 1988, Isotopic geochemistry of the 1985 Tibet Geotraverse, Lhasa to Golmud: Philosophic Transaction Royal Society of London, v. A327, p. 263-85.
Hendrix, M.S., Graham, S.A., Carroll, A.R., Sobel, E.R., McKnight, C.L., Schulein, B.S., and Wang, Z., 1992, Sedimentary record and climatic implications of recurrent deformation in the Tian Shan: Evidence from Mesozoic strata of the north Tarim, south Junggar and Turpan basins, northwest China: Geological Society of America Bulletin, v. 104, p. 53-79.
Hendrix, M.S., Graham, S.A., Amory, J.Y., and Badarch, G., 1996, Noyon Uul syncline, southern Mongolia: Lower Mesozoic sedimentary record of the tectonic amalgamation of central Asia: Geological Society of America Bulletin, v. 108, p. 1256-1274.
Ingersoll, R.V., Bullard, T.F., Ford, R.L., Grimm, J.P., Pickle, J.D., and Sares, S.W., 1984, The effect of grain size on detrital modes; a test of the Gazzi-Dickinson point-counting method: Journal of Sedimentary Petrology, v. 54, p. 103-116.
222
Jiang, C., Yang, J., Feng, B., Zhu, Z, Zhao, M., et al., 1992, Opening-Closing Tectonics of Kunlun Mountains, Beijing: Geologic Publishing House, 224 pp. (in Chinese with English abstract)
Kapp, P., Yin, A., Manning, C.E., Murphy, M., Harrison, T.M., Spurlin, M., Ding, L., Deng, X.-G., and Wu, C.-M., 2000, Blueschist-bearing metamorphic core complexes in the Qiangtang block reveal deep crustal structure of northern Tibet: Geology, v. 28, p. 19-22.
Lockley, M.G., Ritts, B.D., and Leonardi, G., 1999, Mammal track assemblages from the early Tertiary of China, Peru, Europe, and North America: Palaios, v. 14, p. 398-404.
Matte, Ph., Tapponnier, P., Amaud, N., Bourjot, L., Avouac, J.P., Vidal, P., Liu, Q., Pan, Y.S., and Wang, Y., 1996, Tectonics of western Tibet, between the Tarim and the Indus: Earth and Planetary Science Letters, v. 142, p. 311-330.
Matte, Ph., Mattauer, M., Olivet, J.M., and Griot, D.A., 1997, Continental subductions beneath Tibet and the Himalayan orogeny: a review: Terra Nova, v. 9, p. 264-270.
Molnar, P., and Tapponnier, P., 1975, Cenozoic tectonics of Asia: Effects of a continental collision: Science, v. 189, p. 419-426.
Peltzer, G., and Tapponnier, P., 1988, Formation and evolution of strike-slip faults, rifts, and basins during the India-Asia collision: an experimental approach: Journal of Geophysical Research, v. 93, p. 15085-15117.
Pierce, J.A., and Mei, H., 1988, Volcanic rocks of the 1985 Tibet Geotraverse Lhasa to Golmud: Philosophical Transactions of Royal Society of London, v. A327, p. 203-213.
Ritts, B.D., 1998, Mesozoic tectonics and sedimentation, and petroleum systems of the Qaidam and Tarim Basins, NW China, [Ph.D. thesis]: Stanford University, 69Ip.
Ritts, B.D., and Biffi, U., 2000, Magnitude of post-Middle Jurassic (Bajocian) displacement on the central Altyn Tagh fault system, northwest China: Geological Society of America Bulletin, v. 112, p. 61-74.
Ritts, B.D., and Biffi, U., 2001, Mesozoic northeast Qaidam basin: response to contractional reactivation of the Qilian Shan, and implications for the extent of Mesozoic intracontinental deformation in central Asia: Geological Society of America Special Paper, in press.
223
Rumelhart, P.E., Yin, A., Butler, R., Richards, D., Wang, X., Zhou, X., and Zhang, Q., 1997, Oligocene initiation of deformation of northern Tibet, evidence from the Tarim basin, NW China: Geological Society of America Abstracts with Programs, V. 29, p. A143.
Rumelhart, P.E., 1998, Cenozoic basin evolution of southern Tarim, northwestern China: [mplications for the uplift history of the Tibetan Plateau [Ph.D. thesis]: Los Angeles, University of California, 298p.
Rumelhart, P.E., Yin, A., Cowgill, E., Butler, R., Harrison, T.M., Ingersoll, R.V., Cooper, K., Zhang, Q., and Wang, X.F., 2001, The Uplift History of the Tibetan Plateau as Recorded in the Cenozoic Stratigraphy of Southern Tarim, Northwestern China: Geological Society of America, in press.
Sengor, A.M.C. and Natal'in, B.A., 1996, Paleotectonics of Asia: fragments of a synthesis, in Yin, A., Harrison, T.M., eds. The Tectonics of Asia: New York, Cambridge University Press, p. 486-640.
Sobel, E.R., 1995, Basin analysis and apatite fission-track thermochronology of the Jurassic-Paleogene southwest Tarim basin, NW China [Ph.D. thesis]: Stanford University, 308p.
Sobel, E.R., 1999, Basin analysis of the Jurassic-Lower Cretaceous southwest Tarim basin, northwest China: Geological Society of America Bulletin, v. 111, p. 709-724.
Sobel, E.R., and Dimitru, T.A., 1997, Exhumation of the margins of the western Tarim basin during the Himalayan orogeny: Journal of Geophysical Research, v. 102, p. 5043-5064.
Tseyeler, V.M., Horenskiy, V.S., Vasyukov, V.S., and Turov, A.V., 1982, Tectonic structure of the northern Fergana Range: International Geology Review, v. 24, p. 881-890.
Vincent, S.J., and Allen, M.B., 1999, Evolution of the Minle and Chaoshui Basins, China: Implications for Mesozoic strike-slip basin formation in Central Asia: Geological Society of America Bulletin, v. 111, p. 725-742.
Wang, E., 1997, Displacement and timing along the northern strand of the Altyn Tagh fault zone. Northern Tibet: Earth and Planetary Science Letters, v. 150, p. 55-64.
Watson, M.P., Hayward, A.B., Parkinson, D.N., and Zhang, Zh. M., 1987, Plate tectonic history, basin development and petroleum source rock deposition onshore China: Marine Petroleum Geology, v. 4, p. 205-225.
224
Xia, B., 1990, Terranes of Xizang (Tibet), China, in Wiley, Howell and Wong eds., Terrane analysis of China and the Pacific rim: Circum-Pacific Council for Energy and Mineral Resources Earth Science Series, v. 13, p. 231-241.
XBGMR, 1993, Bureau of Geology and Mineral Resources of Xinjiang Uygur Autonomous Region, Regional Geology of Xinjiang Uygur Autonomous Region: Geological Memoirs, Series 1, Number 32, Beijing, Geological Publishing House, 841 p., map 1:1,500,000.
Yin, A., and Nie, S.Y., 1996, A Phanerozoic palinspastic reconstruction of China and its neighboring regions, in Yin, A., and Harrison, T.M., eds.. The Tectonics of Asia: New York, Cambridge University Press, p. 442-485.
Yin, A, Gehrels, G.E., Chen, X, and Wang, X., 1999a, Evidence for 280 km of Cenozoic left slip along the eastern segment of the Altyn Tagh fault system, western China [abs]: Eos (Transactions, American Geophysical Union), v. 80, FIOIS.
Yin, A., and Harrison, T.M., 2000, Geologic Evolution of the Himalayan-Tibetan Orogen: Annual Review Earth Planetary Science, v. 28, p. 211-280.
NOTE TO USERS
Oversize maps and charts are microfilmed in sections in the following manner:
LEFT TO RIGHT, TOP TO BOTTOM, WITH SMALL OVERLAPS
This reproduction is tlie best copy available.
UMT
Plate 1
Stratigraphy
Modern sediment
SUBHIMALAYA(SH)
Siwalik Group Upper Siwalik (Us) Middle Siwalik (Ms) Lower Siwalik (Ls)
TIBETAN HIMALAYA (TH)
Tethyan sequence
GREATER HIMALAYA (GH)
Formations I, II,
Dadeldhura klippe
LESSER HIMALAYA (LH)
Bhainskati Formation (Tb)
Dumri Formation (Td)
Lakharpata Group (Lk) Benlghat slate equivalent (B)
Syangia and Blaini Formations (Sy, Bl)
Galyang Formation (Gl)
Sang ram Formation (Sg)
Ulleri Augen Gneiss (Ul) Cambrian/Ordovician granite (C/O gr) Tertiary granite (Tgr)
Ranimata Formation (Rn)
Symbols
Formatic
Inferred
Thrust fc
Inferred
Normal f
Inferred
Thrust fc
barbs ar
Anticline
Syncline
—I _
35 Strike ai and foli£
^ Strike ai bedding
• Village c
Road
A Peak
Kiichmfl Fnrmatinn
Symbols
Formation contact
Inferred formation contact
Thrust fault, barbs on hanging wall
- - Inferred thrust fault
—— Normal fault, ticks on hanging wall
~ ~ Inferred normal fault
^— Thrust fault reactivated by normal slip barbs and ticks on hanging wall
Anticline
Syncline
35 Strike and dip of bedding (SO) and foliation (S1)
Strike and dip of overturned bedding (SO)and foliation (S1)
• Village or town site
Road
A Peak
30° 00'
Geologic Map of Western Nepal Mapped by D. Robinson, 1998-2001
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 km
Scale 1:250,000
81 - ()()•
00
Ranimata Formation (Rn)
Kushma Formation (K)
Structural Features
STDS = South Tibetan detachment system
MCT = Main Central thrust
RT = Ramgarh thrust
LHD = Lesser Himalayan duplex
DT = Dadeldhura thrust
MBT = Main Boundary thrust
MDT = Main Dun thrust
MFT = Main Frontal thrust
Baitadi
29' 30
Chainpur
20
Dhanearhi
8 1
Chisapani
All map -5-.^ along th —- along K1
""• and alor ^ ^ north of
(1994)J maps of
Surket
82° 00'
All mapping was completed by the author except for the following few geological along the lower Seti River south of Dipayal by N. English. J. Quade. and O. PearsoJ along Khutia Khola by P. G. DeCelles (DeCclles et al.. 1998a); the Subhimalaya so^ and along the lower Kamali River by Mugnier et al. (1999) and location of the TH north of the STDS and in the Dadeldhura klippe east of the Kamali River by AmatyJ (1994). Contacts were extended in areas where directed observations could not be maps of Shresthaet al. (1987a. 1987b) and Fuchs (1973) and Corona satellite photoj
28° 30'
Delores Ph.D. Geoscied Structui the tectoi fold-thrul
. northern] <Decemt
82° 00'
All mapping was completed by the author except forthe following few geological observations: along the lower Seti River south of Dipayal by N. English. J. Quade. and O. Petirson (unpublished): along Khutia Khola by P. G. DeCelles (DeCelles ct al., 1998a); the Subhimalaya south of Surkhet and along the lower Kamali River by Mugnier et al. (1999) and location ot the TH and granites north of the STDS and in the Dadeldhura klippe east of the Kamali River by Amatya and Jnawal (1994). Contacts were extended in £U"eas where directed observations could not be made using the maps of Shrestha ct al. (1987a. 1987b) and Fuchs (1973) and Corona satellite photos.
28° 30'
Delores M. Robinson Ph.D. Geosciences Structural and Nd-isotopic evidence for the tectonic evolution of the Himalayan fold-thrust belt, western Nepal and the northern Tibetan Plateau December, 2001
NOTE TO USERS
Oversize maps and charts are microfilmed in sections in the following manner:
LEFT TO RIGHT, TOP TO BOTTOM, WITH SMALL OVERLAPS
This reproduction is the best copy available.
UMT
Plate 2: Western Nepal Cross Sections Constructed by D. Robinson, 2001, reduced 60% from cross section lines in Plate 1
A Api Cross Section
km
B
Chainpur Cross Section
-15.0
-17.5
-22.5
km
Simikot Cross Section
RT
- r .
km LHIZ
A-Restored Api Ci
RT MCT STDS
B-
RT MCT STDS Restored Chainpi
c LHD
rvT
RT MCT \ \
ed Api Cross Section
I Chainpur Cross Section
km SHTS LHIZ RT
-12.5
-17.5
km
TIBETAN HIMALAYA (TH) Tethyan sequence
GREATER HIMALAYA (GH) \~~~\ Formations K
{"1^ Dadeldhura klippe
LESSER HIMALAYA (LH) j—} Bhainskati Formation
I I Dumri Formation
I I Lakharpata Group {—[ syangia and Blaini Fms
Galyang Formation
Sangram Formation
Ulleri Augen Gneiss Cambrian/Ordovician granite Tertiary granite Ranimata Formation
Kushma Formation
SUBHIMALAYA (SH) [—I Siwalik Group
Upper Siwalik (Us) Middle Siwalik (Ms) Lower Siwalik (Ls)
STDS = South Tibetan detachment system MCT = Main Central thrust RT ss Ramgarh thrust LHD = Lesser Himalayan duplex DT = Dadeldhura thrust MBT = Main Boundary thrust MFT = Main Frontal thrust
LHD H I mul
(Us) k (Ms) ULs)
item
Shortening estimates = length original (from restored section) - length original (from cross section)
WESTERN NEPAL SHORTENING
Api (km) Chainpur (km) Simikot (km)
LH & SH 408 GH -I- klippen* .183-256
TH** 150-176
Total (minimum) 74-1 Total (maximum) 840
403 160-221 150-176
713 800
534-177-262 150-176
861 972
* minimum if klippen are the southern continuation of GH rock; maximum if klippen and GH rock are different thrust sheets and overlying GH rock extend to middle of klippen (Upreti and Lefort, 1999)
** from Searle (1986); Searle et al., (1997); Murphy and Yin (2000)
Restored Simikot Cross Section
section)
yt (km)
34.
-262 -176
ck;
tion
Delo Ph.D Geos Struc the fold-north Dece
Delores M. Robinson Ph.D. Geosciences Structural and Nd-isotopic evidence for the tectonic evolution of the Himalayan fold-thrust belt, western Nepal and the northern Tibetan Plateau December, 2001